Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2012

Registration No. 333-182529

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7389   20-0484934

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

Performant Financial Corporation

333 North Canyons Parkway

Livermore, California 94551

(925) 960-4800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Lisa C. Im

Chief Executive Officer

Performant Financial Corporation

333 North Canyons Parkway

Livermore, California 94551

(925) 960-4800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Blair W. White, Esq.   Joshua N. Korff, Esq.
David E. Lillevand, Esq.   Michael Kim, Esq.
Matthew Hallinan, Esq.   Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP   601 Lexington Avenue
50 Fremont Street   New York, New York 10022
San Francisco, California 94105   (212) 446-4800
(415) 983-1000  

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨      Non-accelerated filer   x   Smaller reporting company   ¨
       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be
Registered (1)

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate

offering price (2)

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

  13,271,000   $172,523,000   $19,772 (3)

 

 

(1) Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotment, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) The Registrant previously paid filing fees of $17,190 in connection with the filing of this Registration Statement on July 3, 2012. The aggregate filing fee of $19,772 is being offset by the $17,190 payment previously made in connection with the prior filing of this Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued July 30, 2012

11,540,000 Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Performant Financial Corporation is offering 1,924,000 shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering 9,616,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share.

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PFMT .”

 

 

Performant Financial Corporation is an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in future reports after the completion of this offering.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11.

 

 

PRICE $         A SHARE

 

 

 

     Price to Public      Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
     Proceeds to
Performant
     Proceeds to Selling
Stockholders
 

Per Share

     $                             $                             $                             $                       

Total

   $                $                $                $            

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 1,731,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2012.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
CREDIT SUISSE    WELLS FARGO SECURITIES

 

 

 

WILLIAM BLAIR

  

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY

                    , 2012


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

    Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1   

Risk Factors

    11   

Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    25   

Use of Proceeds

    26   

Dividend Policy

    26   

Capitalization

    27   

Dilution

    29   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

    31   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    33   

Business

    49   
    Page  

Management

    66   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    80   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

    83   

Description of Capital Stock

    85   

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

    89   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    92   

Underwriting

    94   

Legal Matters

    100   

Experts

    100   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

    100   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1   
 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so.

Until                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires, in this prospectus, “Performant,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to Performant Financial Corporation and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.

Overview

We provide technology-enabled recovery and related analytics services in the United States. Our services help identify and recover delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments for both government and private clients in a broad range of markets. Our clients typically operate in complex and regulated environments and outsource their recovery needs in order to reduce losses on billions of dollars of defaulted student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. We generally provide our services on an outsourced basis, where we handle many or all aspects of our clients’ recovery processes.

We believe we have a leading position in our markets based on our proprietary technology-enabled services platform, long-standing client relationships and the large volume of funds we have recovered for our clients. In 2011, we provided recovery services on approximately $8.7 billion of combined student loans and other delinquent federal and state receivables and recovered approximately $189 million in improper Medicare payments. Our clients include 13 of the 33 public sector participants in the student loan industry and these relationships average more than 11 years in length, including a 22-year relationship with the U.S. Department of Education. In the healthcare market, we are currently one of four prime Medicare Recovery Audit Contractors, or RACs, in the United States for the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS.

We utilize our technology platform to efficiently provide recovery and analytics services in the markets we serve. We have continuously developed and refined our technology platform for almost two decades by using our extensive domain and data processing expertise. We believe our technology platform allows us to achieve higher workforce productivity versus more traditional labor-intensive outsourcing business models, as we generated in excess of $130,000 of revenues per employee during 2011, based on the average number of employees during the year. In addition, we believe that our platform is easily adaptable to new markets and processes. For example, we utilized the same basic platform previously used primarily for student loan recovery activities to enter the healthcare market.

Our revenue model is generally success-based as we earn fees based on a percentage of the aggregate amount of funds that we enable our clients to recover. Our services do not require any significant upfront investments by our clients and we offer our clients the opportunity to recover significant funds otherwise lost. Furthermore, our business model does not require significant capital expenditures for us and we do not purchase loans or obligations. We believe we benefit from a significant degree of revenue visibility due to reasonably predictable recovery outcomes in a substantial portion of our business. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $163.0 million in revenues, $12.4 million in net income, $57.8 million in adjusted EBITDA and $25.0 million in adjusted net income. For the three-months ended March 31, 2012, we generated approximately $45.9 million in revenues, $2.5 million in net income, $13.7 million in adjusted EBITDA and $5.8 million in adjusted net income, and our total debt was $141.0 million at March 31, 2012. See “Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income” below for a definition of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income and reconciliations of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

We operate in markets characterized by strong growth, a complex regulatory environment and a significant amount of delinquent, defaulted or improperly paid assets.

Student Lending

According to the Department of Education, total government-supported student loan originations were approximately $109 billion in the year ended September 30, 2011, and the aggregate dollar amount of these loans has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 12% from 2002 through 2011. The “cohort default rate,” which is the measure utilized by the Department of Education to track the percentage of government-supported loan borrowers that enter repayment in a certain year ended September 30 and default by the end of the next year ended September 30, has risen from approximately 5% in 2006 to approximately 9% in 2009, the last year for which data is available.

Healthcare

According to CMS, U.S. healthcare spending exceeded $2.6 trillion in 2010 and is forecast to grow at a 6% annual rate through 2020. CMS indicates that government-related healthcare spending for 2010 totaled approximately $1.2 trillion. This government-related spending included approximately $525 billion of payments under Medicare, of which $48 billion, or 9%, was estimated to be improper according to the Department of Health and Human Services. Medicare improper payments generally involve incorrect coding, procedures performed which were not medically necessary, incomplete documentation or claims submitted based on outdated fee schedules, among other issues.

Other Markets

We believe that the demand for recovery of delinquent state taxes will grow as state governments struggle with revenue generation and face significant budget deficits. According to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, an independent think tank, 47 U.S. states faced budget shortfalls totaling $130 billion in the year ended September 30, 2011, with at least 43 states anticipating deficits for fiscal year 2012. The federal agency market consists of government debt subrogated to the Department of the Treasury. For the year ended September 30, 2011, federal agency recoveries in this market totaled more than $6.2 billion, a significant portion of which were made by private firms on behalf of the Department of Financial Management Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury.

Our Platform

Our technology-enabled services platform is based on over two decades of experience in recovering large amounts of funds on behalf of our clients across several markets. The components of our platform include our data management expertise, analytics capabilities and technology-based workflow processes. Our platform integrates these components to allow us to achieve optimized outcomes for our clients in the form of increased efficiency and productivity and high recovery rates. We believe our platform and workflow processes are also intuitive and easy to use for our recovery and claims specialists and allow us to increase our employee retention and productivity.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our business is difficult to replicate, as it incorporates a combination of several important and differentiated elements, including:

 

   

Scalable and flexible technology-enabled services platform.   We have built a proprietary technology platform that is highly flexible, intuitive and easy to use for our recovery and claims specialists. Our platform is easily configurable and deployable across multiple markets and processes.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Advanced, technology-enabled workflow processes.   Our technology-enabled workflow processes, developed over many years of operational experience in recovery services, disaggregate otherwise complex recovery processes into a series of simple, efficient and consistent steps that are easily configurable and applicable to different types of recovery-related applications.

 

   

Enhanced data and analytics capabilities.   Our data and analytics capabilities allow us to achieve strong recovery rates for our clients. We have collected recovery-related data for over two decades, which we combine with large volumes of client and third-party data to effectively analyze our clients’ delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments. We have also developed a number of analytics tools that we use to score our clients’ recovery inventory, determine the optimal recovery process and allocation of resources, and achieve higher levels of recovery results for our clients.

 

   

Long-standing client relationships.   We believe our long-standing focus on achieving superior recovery performance for our clients and the significant value our clients derive from this focus have helped us achieve long-tenured client relationships, strong contract retention and better access to new clients and future growth opportunities.

 

   

Extensive domain expertise in complex and regulated markets.   We have extensive experience and domain expertise in providing recovery services for government and private institutions that generally operate in complex and regulated markets. We have demonstrated our ability to develop domain expertise in new markets such as healthcare and state tax and federal Treasury receivables.

 

   

Proven and experienced management team.   Our management team has significant industry experience and has successfully grown our revenue base and service offerings beyond the original student loan market into healthcare and delinquent state tax and private financial institutions receivables.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include the following:

 

   

Expand our student loan recovery volume.   We have long-standing relationships with some of the largest participants in the government-supported student loan market, and we believe there are significant opportunities within this growing market to increase the volume of student loans placed with us by existing and new clients.

 

   

Expand our recovery services in the healthcare market.   As healthcare spending grows, we expect the need for recovery services to increase in the public and private healthcare markets. We intend to expand our recovery services for existing clients, such as CMS, and offer analytics services to potential clients in the private healthcare market.

 

   

Pursue strategic alliances and acquisitions.   We intend to selectively consider opportunities to grow through strategic alliances or acquisitions that are complementary to our business.

Recent Developments (Unaudited)

Our consolidated financial statements for the three-months ended June 30, 2012 are not yet available. Our expectations with respect to our unaudited results for the period discussed below are based upon management estimates. The preliminary financial results presented below are subject to the completion of our financial closing procedures and those procedures have not yet been completed. Accordingly, these results may change and those changes may be material. This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive statement of our unaudited financial results for this quarter and our actual results may differ from these estimates. For additional information regarding the various risks and uncertainties inherent in estimates of this type, see “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

We are providing the following preliminary estimates of our financial results and operating metrics for the three-months ended June 30, 2012:

GAAP

 

   

Revenues are expected to be between $52.0 million and $56.5 million, an increase of approximately 18% at the midpoint of the range as compared to the first quarter of 2012. The estimated increase is the result of increased revenues from the student lending and healthcare markets. Revenues from the student lending market are estimated to be between $35.0 million and $37.0 million, representing a sequential quarterly increase of approximately 23% at the midpoint of the range. This increase is attributable in part to recognition of student loan rehabilitation revenues from the Department of Education that had not been processed during the two preceding quarters due to the Department’s technology system upgrade. Revenues from the healthcare market are estimated to be between $12.5 million and $14.0 million, approximately a 10% sequential quarterly increase at the midpoint of the range, reflecting higher claim recovery volumes from CMS under our RAC contract. Revenues from other markets are estimated to be between $4.5 million and $5.5 million.

 

   

Net income is estimated to be between $7.5 million and $8.5 million, representing a sequential quarterly increase of approximately 218% at the midpoint of the range, reflecting higher revenues from our student lending and healthcare markets and a $3.7 million debt extinguishment charge in the first quarter of 2012. This increase in net income was partially offset by increased expenses associated with higher business volumes and the costs associated with the termination of our advisory services agreement.

Non-GAAP

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be between $19.5 million and $20.6 million, representing a sequential quarterly increase of approximately 46% at the midpoint of the range compared to adjusted EBITDA of $13.7 million in the first quarter of 2012 primarily due to the increase in our estimated net income as described above.

 

   

Adjusted net income is estimated to be between $9.0 million and $10.0 million, representing a sequential quarterly increase of approximately 69% at the midpoint of the range primarily due to the increase in our estimated net income as described above.

See “Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income” on page 9 for a definition of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, the reasons for providing these financial measures and the limitations of these measures, which do not reflect all items of income and expense as reported under GAAP. Also, see below for reconciliations of estimated adjusted EBITDA and estimated adjusted net income to estimated net income determined in accordance with GAAP.

Operating Metrics

 

   

Student loan Placement Volume is estimated to be between $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion and Placement Revenue as a Percentage of Placement Volume is estimated to be between 2.9% and 2.7%.

 

   

Healthcare Net Claim Recovery Volume is estimated to be between $110.0 million and $120.0 million and Claim Recovery Fee Rate is estimated to be between 11.4% and 11.5%.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Operating Metrics” on page 35 for a definition of the operating metrics used above and the purposes for which management uses these metrics.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation of estimated adjusted EBITDA and estimated adjusted net income for the three-months ended June 30, 2012 to estimated net income for this period:

 

    Three Months Ended June 30,  
            2011             2012  
   

(in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of Estimated Adjusted EBITDA:

   

Net income

  $ 6,661      $ 7,500 to 8,500   

Provision for income taxes

    4,451        5,300 to 5,400   

Interest expense

    3,404        2,900   

Interest income

    (32     (31

Depreciation and amortization

    1,877        2,342   

Non-core operating expenses

    357          

Advisory fee (1)

    109        1,400   

Stock based compensation

    28        55   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 16,855      $ 19,466 to 20,566   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months Ended June 30,  
    2011     2012  
   

(in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of Estimated Adjus t ed Net Income:

   

Net income

  $ 6,661      $ 7,500 to 8,500   

Non-core operating expenses

    357          

Advisory fee (1)

    109        1,400   

Stock based compensation

    28        55   

Amortization of intangibles (2)

    761        933   

Deferred financing amortization costs (3)

    304        156   

Tax adjustments (4)

    (623     (1,018
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

  $ 7,597      $ 9,026 to 10,026   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents expenses incurred under an advisory services agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners, which was terminated in April 2012. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with Our Investors—Advisory Services Agreement.”

(2)  

Represents amortization of capitalized expenses related to the acquisition of Performant by an affiliate of Parthenon Capital Partners in 2004 and an acquisition in the first quarter of 2012 to enhance our analytics capabilities.

(3)  

Represents amortization of capitalized financing costs related to debt offerings conducted in 2012.

(4)  

Represents tax adjustments assuming a marginal tax rate of 40%.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following the prospectus summary. Some of these risks include, among others, that:

 

   

Revenues generated from our five largest clients represented 74% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, and any termination of or deterioration in our relationship with any of these clients would result in a decline in our revenues;

 

   

Many of our contracts with our clients for the recovery of student loans and other receivables are not exclusive and do not commit our clients to provide specified volumes of business and, as a consequence, there is no assurance that we will be able to maintain our revenues and operating results;

 

   

We face significant competition in all of the markets in which we operate and an inability to compete effectively in the future could harm our relationships with our clients, which would impact our ability to maintain our revenues and operating results;

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

The U.S. federal government accounts for a significant portion of our revenues, and any loss of business from, or change in our relationship with, the U.S. federal government would result in a significant decrease in our revenues and operating results;

 

   

Future legislative changes affecting the markets in which we operate could impair our business and operations;

 

   

Our business relationship with the Department of Education has accounted for a significant portion of our revenues and will take on increasing importance as a result of Student Aid and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2010, or SAFRA. Our failure to maintain this relationship would significantly decrease our revenues;

 

   

We could lose clients as a result of consolidation among the Guaranty Agencies, or GAs, which would decrease our revenues;

 

   

Our ability to derive revenues under our RAC contract will depend in part on the number and types of potentially improper claims that we are allowed to pursue by CMS, and our results of operations may be harmed if CMS limits the scope of claims we are allowed to pursue;

 

   

A failure of our operating systems or technology infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and subcontractors, could disrupt the operation of our business;

 

   

If our security measures are breached or fail and unauthorized access is obtained to our clients’ confidential data, our services may be perceived as insecure, the attractiveness of our recovery services to current or potential clients may be reduced, and we may incur significant liabilities;

 

   

We are subject to extensive regulations regarding our recovery practices and the use and disclosure of confidential personal and healthcare information and failure to comply with these regulations could cause us to incur liabilities and expenses; and

 

   

Our recovery business is subject to extensive regulation and consumer protection laws and our failure to comply with those regulations and laws may subject us to liability and result in significant costs.

Corporate Information

We commenced our operations in 1976 under the corporate name Diversified Collection Services, Inc., or DCS. We were incorporated in Delaware on October 8, 2003 under the name DCS Holdings, Inc. and subsequently changed our name to Performant Financial Corporation in 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 333 North Canyons Parkway, Livermore, California 94551 and our telephone number is (925) 960-4800. Our website address is www.performantcorp.com . The information on or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus.

Our Principal Stockholder

Our principal stockholder, an affiliate of Parthenon Capital Partners, acquired its interest in us in 2004 and currently owns approximately 82% of our outstanding common stock. Parthenon Capital Partners is a private equity investment firm with approximately $2 billion of capital under management. Parthenon Capital Partners was founded in March of 1998 and focuses on investing in select middle-market companies. The firm invests in a variety of industry sectors with particular expertise in business and financial services, healthcare, distribution/logistics, and technology-enabled services.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

1,924,000 shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

9,616,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

45,141,686 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares offered by the selling stockholders

1,731,000 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds received by us to pay fees under an agreement with an affiliate of our majority stockholder, with the remainder of our net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes and for other potential investments, including potential strategic alliances or acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“PFMT”

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

   

5,724,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2012, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $0.89 per share;

 

   

4,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan;

 

   

115,400 additional shares of common stock that will be issued to Financial Technology Partners LP or FTP Securities LLC, whom we collectively refer to as FT Partners, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. See “Underwriting” for a more complete description of our agreement with FT Partners;

 

   

the repurchase of 98,020 shares of common stock by us from certain members of management on July 3, 2012; and

 

   

7,300 shares of common stock issued upon exercise of stock options subsequent to March 31, 2012.

Unless expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 1,399,110 shares of common stock, which occurred on June 28, 2012;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional 1,731,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering;

 

   

no exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2012; and

 

   

a 2-for-1 forward stock split of our outstanding common stock effected on July 26, 2012.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2009     2010     2011            2011                   2012         
    (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:      

Revenues

       $   109,832           $   123,519           $   162,974           $   35,080           $   45,878   

Operating expenses:

         

Salaries and benefits

    53,728        58,113        67,082        16,729        18,641   

Other operating expense

    32,110        33,655        49,199        10,073        16,141   

Impairment of trade name

                  13,400                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    85,838        91,768        129,681        26,802        34,782   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    23,994        31,751        33,293        8,278        11,096   

Debt extinguishment costs (2)

                                (3,679

Interest expense

    (16,017     (15,230     (13,530     (3,443     (3,190

Interest income

    104        118        125        32        31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Income before provision for income taxes     8,081        16,639        19,888        4,867        4,258   

Provision for income taxes

    3,071        6,664        7,516        1,949        1,742   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

       $ 5,010           $ 9,975           $ 12,372           $ 2,918           $ 2,516   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrual for preferred stock dividends

    5,128        5,771        6,495        1,531        1,571   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

    (118     4,204        5,877        1,387        945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders (3)

         

Basic

       $ (0.00        $ 0.10           $ 0.14           $ 0.03           $ 0.02   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ (0.00        $ 0.09           $ 0.13           $ 0.03           $ 0.02   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

         

Basic

    42,962        42,962        42,962        42,962        42,985   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    42,962        45,019        45,742        45,069        46,225   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited) (4)

         

Basic

           $ 0.12             $ 0.02   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

           $ 0.12             $ 0.02   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

         

Basic

        47,376          47,006   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        50,156          50,245   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been restated for the presentation of our Redeemable Preferred Stock, which affects our balance sheets and the calculation of net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders, which affects our statements of operations. See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)  

Represents debt extinguishment costs comprised of approximately $3.3 million of fees paid to lenders in connection with our new credit facility and approximately $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with our old credit facility.

(3)

Please see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share of common stock.

(4)  

See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our presentation of pro forma net income per share.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
       As of March 31, 2012    
       Actual       Pro
   Forma (2)   
    Pro
Forma As
Adjusted (3)
 
     (Restated) (1)              
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 12,312      $ 14,677        33,388   

Total assets

     183,023        186,209        204,414   

Total debt

     141,000        160,500        160,500   

Total liabilities

     180,676        200,176        200,176   

Redeemable preferred stock

     15,846                 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (13,499     (13,967     4,744   

 

(1)  

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been restated for the presentation of our Redeemable Preferred Stock, which affects our balance sheets and the calculation of net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders, which affects our statements of operations. See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)  

On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our series A preferred stock into 1,399,110 shares of common stock and 1,399,110 shares of series B preferred stock and the redemption of 1,399,110 shares of our series B preferred stock, both of which occurred on June 28, 2012, as if such conversion had occurred on March 31, 2012, as well as the increase in the amount of borrowings under our term B loan of $19.5 million, used primarily to refund the redemption, and the $0.8 million in transaction fees related to this increase.

(3)  

On a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of 1,924,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table below and within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, both of which are non-GAAP financial measures. We have provided a reconciliation below of adjusted EBITDA to net income and adjusted net income to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to these non-GAAP financial measures.

We have included adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income in this prospectus because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends and to prepare and approve our annual budget. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income provide useful information to investors and analysts in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense on our indebtedness;

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments;

   

adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income do not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

   

adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income do not reflect the impact of certain non-operating expenses resulting from matters we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance; and

   

other companies may calculate adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income differently than we do, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income alongside other financial performance measures, including net income and our other GAAP results.

The following tables present a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
    2009     2010             2011                 2011             2012      
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:

         

Net income

       $ 5,010           $ 9,975           $ 12,372           $ 2,918           $ 2,516   

Provision for income taxes

    3,071        6,664        7,516        1,949        1,742   

Interest expense

    16,017        15,230        13,530        3,443        3,190   

Interest income

    (104     (118     (125     (32     (31

Debt extinguishment costs (1)

    —          —          —          —          3,679   

Depreciation and amortization

    9,624        7,213        7,766        1,881        2,214   

Impairment of trade name (2)

    —          —          13,400        —          —     

Non-core operating expenses (3)

    —          1,108        2,548        226        29   

Advisory fee (4)

    684        759        634        109        309   

Stock based compensation

    580        629        120        28        52   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

       $     34,882           $     41,460           $     57,761           $     10,522           $     13,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income:

         

Net income

       $ 5,010           $ 9,975           $ 12,372           $ 2,918           $ 2,516   

Debt extinguishment costs (1)

                                3,679   

Impairment of trade name (2)

                  13,400                 

Non–core operating expenses (3)

           1,108        2,548        225        29   

Advisory fee (4)

    684        759        634        109        309   

Stock based compensation

    580        629        120        28        52   

Amortization of intangibles (5)

    5,795        3,043        3,043        761        875   

Deferred financing amortization costs (6)

    3,027        1,997        1,254        335        282   

Tax adjustments (7)

    (4,034     (3,014     (8,400     (583     (2,090
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

       $       11,062           $     14,497           $     24,971           $       3,793           $       5,652   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents debt extinguishment costs comprised of approximately $3.3 million of fees paid to lenders in connection with our new credit facility and approximately $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with our old credit facility.

(2)

Represents impairment expense to write off the carrying amount of the trade name intangible asset due to the plan to retire the Diversified Collection Services, Inc. trade name.

(3)

Represents professional fees and settlement costs related to strategic corporate development activities and a $1.2 million legal settlement in 2011.

(4)

Represents expenses incurred under an advisory services agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners, which was terminated in April 2012. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with Our Investors—Advisory Services Agreement.”

(5)

Represents amortization of capitalized expenses related to the acquisition of Performant by an affiliate of Parthenon Capital Partners in 2004, the impairment expense to reduce the carrying amount of the intangible asset due to our decision to terminate a client contract in 2009 and an acquisition in the first quarter of 2012 to enhance our analytics capabilities.

(6)

Represents amortization of capitalized financing costs related to debt offerings conducted in 2009, 2010 and 2012.

(7)

Represents tax adjustments assuming a marginal tax rate of 40%.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks. In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before investing in our common stock. Any of the risk factors we describe below could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more of these risks and uncertainties actually occurs, causing you to lose all or part of your investment in our shares. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Business

Revenues generated from our five largest clients represented 74% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, and any termination of or deterioration in our relationship with any of these clients would result in a decline in our revenues.

We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from a limited number of clients, including the Department of Education, CMS and three GAs. Revenues from our five largest clients represented 74% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. We expect that our revenues will become increasingly concentrated with our major clients as a result of rising business volumes under our RAC contract, which accounted for approximately 26% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to approximately 10% of our revenues in 2011. If we lose one of these clients or if the terms of our relationships with any of these clients becomes less favorable to us, our revenues would decline, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Many of our contracts with our clients for the recovery of student loans and other receivables are not exclusive and do not commit our clients to provide specified volumes of business and, as a consequence, there is no assurance that we will be able to maintain our revenues and operating results.

Substantially all of our existing contracts for the recovery of student loan and other receivables, which represented approximately 70% of our revenues in 2011, enable our clients to unilaterally terminate their contractual relationship with us at any time without penalty, potentially leading to loss of business or renegotiation of terms. Our contracts generally are subject to a periodic rebidding process at the end of the contract term. Further, most of our contracts in this market allow our clients to unilaterally change the volume of loans and other receivables that are placed with us at any given time. In addition, most of our contracts are not exclusive, with our clients retaining multiple service providers with whom we must compete for placements of loans or other obligations. Therefore, despite our contractual relationships with our clients, our contracts do not provide assurance that we will generate a minimum amount of revenues or that we will receive a specific volume of placements.

Our revenues and operating results would be negatively affected if our student loans and receivables clients, which include four of our five largest clients in 2011, do not renew their agreements with us upon contract expiration, reduce the volume of student loan placements provided to us, modify the terms of service, including the success fees we are able to earn upon recovery of defaulted student loans, or any of these clients establish more favorable relationships with our competitors.

We face significant competition in all of the markets in which we operate and an inability to compete effectively in the future could harm our relationships with our clients, which would impact our ability to maintain our revenues and operating results.

We operate in very competitive markets. In providing our services to the student loan and other receivables markets, we face competition from many other companies. Initially, we compete with these companies to be one of typically several firms engaged to provide recovery services to a particular client and, if

 

11


Table of Contents

we are successful in being engaged, we then face continuing competition from the client’s other retained firms based on the client’s benchmarking of the recovery rates of its several vendors. Those recovery vendors who produce the highest recovery rates from a client often will be allocated additional placements and in some cases additional success fees. Accordingly, maintaining high levels of recovery performance, and doing so in a cost-effective manner, are important factors in our ability to maintain and grow our revenues and net income and the failure to achieve these objectives could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Similarly, we faced a highly competitive bidding process to become one of the four prime RAC contractors that provide recovery services for improper Medicare payments. This contract expires in 2014 and we expect again to face a very competitive process to retain or increase our position in this market. The failure to retain this contract or a significant adverse change in the terms of this contract, which generated approximately 26% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2012, would seriously harm our ability to maintain or increase our revenues and operating results.

Some of our current and potential competitors in the markets in which we operate may have greater financial, marketing, technological or other resources than we do. The ability of any of our competitors and potential competitors to adopt new and effective technology to better serve our markets may allow them to gain market strength. Increasing levels of competition in the future may result in lower recovery fees, lower volumes of contracted recovery services or higher costs for resources. Any inability to compete effectively in the markets that we serve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The U.S. federal government accounts for a significant portion of our revenues, and any loss of business from, or change in our relationship with, the U.S. federal government would result in a significant decrease in our revenues and operating results.

We have historically derived and are likely to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from the U.S. federal government. For the year ended December 31, 2011, revenues under contracts with the U.S. federal government accounted for approximately 27% of our total revenues. Furthermore, federal government revenues increased to approximately 33% in the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily as a result of increasing revenues from our RAC contract with CMS. In addition, fees payable by the U.S. federal government are expected to become a larger percentage of our total revenues in the near term as a result of the recent legislation that has transferred responsibility for all new student loan origination to the Department of Education. The continuation and exercise of renewal options on existing government contracts and any new government contracts are, among other things, contingent upon the availability of adequate funding for the applicable federal government agency. Changes in federal government spending could directly affect our financial performance. For example, the Obama Administration’s proposed budget for the year ending September 30, 2013, included a proposal designed to redirect federal government spending to an alternative federal program by decreasing the amount that GAs are compensated when they rehabilitate defaulted loans. While the Obama Administration’s budget proposal was not approved by Congress, in June 2012, a bill containing similar provisions reducing the compensation of GAs for rehabilitation of defaulted student loans was introduced in the U.S. Senate. If enacted, this bill could harm the financial condition of the GAs and, in turn, their ability to pay for our services. The loss of business from the U.S. federal government, or significant policy changes or financial pressures within the agencies of the U.S. federal government that we serve would result in a significant decrease in our revenues, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future legislative changes affecting the markets in which we operate could impair our business and operations.

The two principal markets in which we provide our recovery services, government-supported student loans and the Medicare program, are a subject of significant legislative and regulatory focus and we cannot anticipate how future changes in government policy may affect our business and operations. For example,

 

12


Table of Contents

SAFRA significantly changed the structure of the government-supported student loan market by assigning responsibility for all new government-supported student loan originations to the Department of Education, rather than originations by private institutions and backed by one of 32 government-supported GAs. This legislation, and any future changes in the legislation and regulations that govern these markets, may require us to adapt our business to the new circumstances and we may be unable to do so in a manner that does not adversely affect our business and operations.

Our business relationship with the Department of Education has accounted for a significant portion of our revenues and will take on increasing importance to our business as a result of SAFRA. Our failure to maintain this relationship would significantly decrease our revenues.

The majority of our historical revenues from the student loan market have come from our relationships with the GAs. As a result of SAFRA, the Department of Education will ultimately become the sole source of revenues in this market, although the GAs will continue to service their existing student loan portfolios for many years to come. As a result, over time, defaults on student loans originated by the Department of Education will predominate and our ability to maintain the revenues we had previously received from a number of GA clients will depend on our relationship with a single client, the Department of Education. While we have 22 years of experience in performing student loan recovery services for the Department of Education, we are one of 17 unrestricted recovery service providers on the current Department of Education contract. In 2011, student loan recovery work for the Department of Education generated revenues of $17.9 million, or approximately 11% of our total revenues. If our relationship with the Department of Education terminates or deteriorates or if the Department of Education, ultimately as the sole holder of defaulted student loans, requires its contractors to agree to less favorable terms, our revenues would significantly decrease, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

We could lose clients as a result of consolidation among the GAs, which would decrease our revenues.

As a result of SAFRA, which terminated the ability of the GAs to originate government-supported student loans, some have speculated that there may be consolidation among the 32 GAs. If GAs that are our clients are combined with GAs with whom we do not have a relationship, we could suffer a loss of business. We currently have relationships with 12 of the 32 GAs and three of our GA clients were each responsible for more than 10% of our total revenues in 2011. The consolidation of our GA clients with others and the failure to provide recovery services to the consolidated entity could decrease our revenues, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to derive revenues under our RAC contract will depend in part on the number and types of potentially improper claims that we are allowed to pursue by CMS, and our results of operations may be harmed if CMS limits the scope of claims that we are allowed to pursue.

While we are the prime contractor responsible for review of Medicare records for all Part A and Part B claims in our region pursuant to the terms of our RAC contract with CMS, we are not permitted to seek the recovery of an improper claim unless that particular type of claim has been pre-approved by CMS to ensure compliance with applicable Medicare payment policies, as well as national and local coverage determinations. While the revenues we earn under our contract with CMS are determined primarily by the aggregate volume of Medicare claims in our region and our ability to successfully identify improper payments within these claims, the long-term growth of the revenues we derive under our RAC contract will also depend in part on CMS expanding the scope of potentially improper claims that we are allowed to pursue under our RAC contract. If we are unable to continue to identify improper claims within the types of claims that we are permitted to pursue from time to time or if CMS does not expand the scope of potentially improper claims that we are allowed to pursue, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our results of operations may fluctuate on a quarterly or annual basis and cause volatility in the price of our stock.

Our revenues and operating results could vary significantly from period-to-period and may fail to match our past performance because of a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Any of these factors could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate. Factors that could contribute to the variability of our operating results include:

 

   

the amount of defaulted student loans and other receivables that our clients place with us for recovery;

 

   

the timing of placements of student loans and other receivables which are entirely in the discretion of our clients;

 

   

our ability to successfully identify improper Medicare claims and the number and type of potentially improper claims that CMS authorizes us to pursue under our RAC contract;

 

   

the loss or gain of significant clients or changes in the contingency fee rates or other significant terms of our business arrangements with our significant clients;

 

   

technological and operational issues that may affect our clients and regulatory changes in the markets we service; and

 

   

general industry and macroeconomic conditions.

For example, a technology system upgrade at the Department of Education, which began in September 2011 and remains ongoing through March 31, 2012, has significantly decreased the volume of student loan placements by the Department of Education to all of its recovery vendors, including us, during this period. As a result, the dollar amount of placements that we received from the Department of Education in the first quarter of 2012 was 58% lower than in the first quarter of 2011. While it is expected that we and the other Department of Education recovery vendors will receive substantially larger than normal placements once this situation is resolved, the large majority of the revenues from these placements will be delayed because we do not begin to earn rehabilitation revenues from a given placement until at least nine months after receipt of the placement. In addition, the Department of Education has not been able to process a significant majority of rehabilitated student loans since September 2011 and accordingly, we have not been able to recognize a significant majority of the revenues associated with rehabilitation of loans for this client. However, the Department of Education has continued to pay us based on invoices submitted and we have recorded these cash receipts as deferred revenues on our balance sheet. We expect to recognize revenues on these rehabilitated loans in the period in which these rehabilitated loans are processed by the Department of Education. This has led to deferred revenues of $6.1 million as of March 31, 2012. Because our revenues are dependent on many factors, some of which are outside of our control, we may experience significant fluctuations in our results of operations and as a result volatility in our stock price.

Downturns in domestic or global economic conditions and other macroeconomic factors could harm our business and results of operations.

Various macroeconomic factors influence our business and results of operations. These include the volume of student loan originations in the United States, together with tuition costs and student enrollment rates, the default rate of student loan borrowers, which is impacted by domestic and global economic conditions, rates of unemployment and similar factors, and the growth in Medicare expenditures resulting from changes in healthcare costs. Changes in these factors could lead to a reduction in overall recovery rates by our clients, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, during the global financial crisis beginning in 2008, the market for securitized student loan portfolios was disrupted, resulting in delays in the ability of some GA clients to resell rehabilitated student loans and as a result delaying our ability to recognize revenues from these rehabilitated loans.

 

14


Table of Contents

We may not be able to maintain or increase our profitability, and our recent financial results may not be indicative of our future financial results.

We may not succeed in maintaining our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis and could incur quarterly or annual losses in future periods. We expect to incur additional operating expenses associated with being a public company and we intend to continue to increase our operating expenses as we grow our business. We also expect to continue to make investments in our proprietary technology platform and hire additional employees and subcontractors as we expand our healthcare recovery and other operations, thus incurring additional expenses. If our revenues do not increase to offset these increases in expenses, our operating results could be adversely affected. Our historical revenues and net income growth rates are not indicative of future growth rates.

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively and our results of operations could be negatively affected.

Our business has expanded significantly, especially in recent years with the expansion of our services in the healthcare market, and we intend to maintain our focus on growth. However, our continued focus on growth and the expansion of our business may place additional demands on our management, operations and financial resources and will require us to incur additional expenses. We cannot be sure that we will be able to manage our growth effectively. In order to successfully manage our growth, our expenses will increase to recruit, train and manage additional qualified employees and subcontractors and to expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure and continue to improve our management, financial and information systems and controls. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our expenses may increase and our results of operations could be negatively affected.

A failure of our operating systems or technology infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and subcontractors, could disrupt the operation of our business.

A failure of our operating systems or technology infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and subcontractors, could disrupt our operations. Our operating systems and technology infrastructure are susceptible to damage or interruption from various causes, including acts of God and other natural disasters, power losses, computer systems failures, Internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator error, computer viruses, losses of and corruption of data and similar events. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in service to our clients, reduce the attractiveness of our recovery services to current or potential clients and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. While we have backup systems in many of our operating facilities, an extended outage of utility or network services may harm our ability to operate our business. Further, the situations we plan for and the amount of insurance coverage we maintain for losses as result of failures of our operating systems and infrastructure may not be adequate in any particular case.

If our security measures are breached or fail and unauthorized access is obtained to our clients’ confidential data, our services may be perceived as insecure, the attractiveness of our recovery services to current or potential clients may be reduced, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Our recovery services involve the storage and transmission of confidential information relating to our clients and their customers, including health, financial, credit, payment and other personal or confidential information. Although our data security procedures are designed to protect against unauthorized access to confidential information, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access and disclosure of our clients’ confidential information. Further, we may not effectively adapt our security measures to evolving security risks, address the security and privacy concerns of existing or potential clients as they change over time, or be compliant with federal, state, and local laws and regulations with respect to securing confidential information. Unauthorized access to confidential information relating to our clients and their customers could lead to reputational damage which could deter our clients and potential clients from selecting our recovery services, termination of contracts with those clients affected by any such breach, regulatory action, and claims against us.

 

15


Table of Contents

In the event of any unauthorized access to personal or other confidential information, we may be required to expend significant resources to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities in our security procedures, and we may be subject to fines, penalties, litigation costs, and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. If one or more of such failures in our security and privacy measures were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

Our business may be harmed if we lose members of our management team or other key employees.

We are highly dependent on members of our management team and other key employees and our future success depends in part on our ability to retain these people. Our inability to continue to attract and retain members of our management team and other key employees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The growth of our healthcare business will require us to hire and retain employees with specialized skills and failure to do so could harm our ability to grow our business.

The growth of our healthcare business will depend in part on our ability to recruit, train and manage additional qualified employees. Our healthcare-related operations require us to hire registered nurses and experts in Medicare coding. Finding, attracting and retaining employees with these skills is a critical component of providing our healthcare-related recovery and audit services, and our inability to staff these operations appropriately represents a risk to our healthcare service offering and associated revenues. An inability to hire qualified personnel, particularly to serve our healthcare clients, may restrain the growth of our business.

We rely on subcontractors to provide services to our clients and the failure of subcontractors to perform as expected could harm our business operations and our relationships with our clients.

We engage subcontractors to provide certain services to our clients. These subcontractors participate to varying degrees in our recovery activities with regards to all of the services we provide. While most of our subcontractors provide specific services to us, we engage one subcontractor to provide all of the audit and recovery services under our contract with CMS within a portion of our region. According to CMS, the geographic area allocated to this subcontractor accounted for approximately 17% of total Medicare spending in our region in 2009. While we believe that we perform appropriate due diligence before we hire subcontractors, our subcontractors may not provide adequate service or otherwise comply with the terms set forth in their agreements. In the event a subcontractor provides deficient performance to one or more of our clients, any such client may reduce the volume of services we are providing under an existing contract or may terminate the relevant contract entirely and we may face claims for breach of contract. Any such disruption in our relations with our clients as a result of services provided by any of our subcontractors could adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

If our software vendors or utility and network providers fail to deliver or perform as expected our business operations could be adversely affected.

Our recovery services depend in part on third-party providers, including software vendors and utility and network providers. Our ability to service our clients depends on these third-party providers meeting our expectations and contractual obligations in a timely and effective manner. Our business could be materially and adversely affected, and we might incur significant additional liabilities, if the services provided by these third-party providers do not meet our expectations or if they terminate or refuse to renew their relationships with us on similar contractual terms.

We are subject to extensive regulations regarding the use and disclosure of confidential personal information and failure to comply with these regulations could cause us to incur liabilities and expenses.

We are subject to a wide array of federal and state laws and regulations regarding the use and disclosure of confidential personal information and security. For example, the federal Health Insurance Portability and

 

16


Table of Contents

Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, or HIPAA, and related state laws subject us to substantial restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of the personal health information that we obtain in connection with our audit and recovery services under our contract with CMS and we must establish administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality of this information. Similar protections extend to the type of personal financial and other information we acquire from our student loan, state tax and federal receivables clients. We are required to notify affected individuals and government agencies of data security breaches involving protected health and certain personally identifiable information. These laws and regulations also require that we develop, implement and maintain written, comprehensive information security programs containing safeguards that are appropriate to protect personally identifiable information or health information against unauthorized access, misuse, destruction or modification. Federal law generally does not preempt state law in the area of protection of personal information, and as a result we must also comply with state laws and regulations. Regulation of privacy, data use and security requires that we incur significant expenses, which could increase in the future as a result of additional regulations, all of which adversely affects our results of operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can result in penalties and in some cases expose us to civil lawsuits.

Our student loan recovery business is subject to extensive regulation and consumer protection laws and our failure to comply with these regulations and laws may subject us to liability and result in significant costs.

Our student loan recovery business is subject to regulation and oversight by various state and federal agencies, particularly in the area of consumer protection. The Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA, and related state laws provide specific guidelines that we must follow in communicating with holders of student loans and regulates the manner in which we can recover defaulted student loans. Some state attorney generals have been active in this area of consumer protection regulation. We are subject, and may be subject in the future, to inquiries and audits from state and federal regulators, as well as frequent litigation from private plaintiffs regarding compliance under the FDCPA and related state regulations. We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which regulates consumer credit reporting and may impose liability on us to the extent adverse credit information reported to a credit bureau is false or inaccurate. Our compliance with the FDCPA, FCRA and other federal and state regulations that affect our student loan recovery business may result in significant costs, including litigation costs. We may also become subject to regulations promulgated by the United States Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, which was established in July 2011 as part of the Dodd-Frank Act to, among other things, establish regulations regarding consumer financial protection laws. In July 2012, the CFPB announced that regulations would be forthcoming that may impact our student loan recovery business and compliance with these regulations may increase our costs. Changes to existing regulations or the adoption of new regulations could adversely affect our business and results of operations if we are not able to adapt our services and client relationships to meet the new regulatory structure.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.

 

17


Table of Contents

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We are unable to fully estimate the extra costs associated with becoming a public company; however, we anticipate that we will incur additional legal, accounting, investor relations and insurance costs in excess of $1.0 million annually.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any July 31 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following January 31.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley would impair our ability to produce accurate and reliable financial statements, which would harm our stock price.

When we become a public company, we will be subject to reporting obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will require us to include a management report on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report, which contains management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These requirements will first apply to our annual report on Form 10-K for the

 

18


Table of Contents

year ending December 31, 2013 and complying with these requirements can be difficult. For example, in June 2012, our independent registered accountants determined that we had incorrectly accounted for our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, which required audit adjusting entries for the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. Our failure to detect this error was deemed to be a deficiency in internal control and this deficiency was considered to be a material weakness. To address this situation, our independent public accounting firm recommended that the Company emphasize the importance of thoroughly researching all new accounting policies and revisiting accounting policies set for existing transactions when changes in the business or reporting requirements occur or are expected to occur. To prevent issues like these in the future, we intend to bolster our technical accounting expertise and, where appropriate, engage outside consultants with specialized knowledge.

Our management may conclude that our internal control over our financial reporting is not effective. Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. If we fail to timely achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce reliable financial reports or help prevent fraud. Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could prevent us from filing our periodic reports on a timely basis, which could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

Litigation may result in substantial costs of defense, damages or settlement, any of which could subject us to significant costs and expenses.

We are party to lawsuits in the normal course of business, particularly in connection with our student loan recovery services. For example, we are regularly subject to claims that we have violated the guidelines and procedures that must be followed under federal and state laws in communicating with consumer debtors. We may not ultimately prevail or otherwise be able to satisfactorily resolve any pending or future litigation, which may result in substantial costs of defense, damages or settlement. In the future, we may be required to alter our business practices or pay substantial damages or settlement costs as a result of litigation proceedings, which could adversely affect our business operations and results of operations.

We typically face a long period to implement a new contract which may cause us to incur expenses before we receive revenues from new client relationships.

If we are successful in obtaining an engagement with a new client or a new contract with an existing client, we typically have a subsequent long implementation period in which the services are planned in detail and we integrate our technology, processes and resources with the client’s operations. If we enter into a contract with a new client, we typically will not receive revenues until implementation is completed and work under the contract actually begins. Our clients may also experience delays in obtaining approvals or delays associated with technology or system implementations, such as the delays experienced with the implementation of our RAC contract with CMS due to an appeal by competitors who were unsuccessful in bidding on the contract. Because we generally begin to hire new employees to provide services to a new client once a contract is signed, we may incur significant expenses associated with these additional hires before we receive corresponding revenues under any such new contract. If we are not successful in maintaining contractual commitments after the expenses we incur during our typically long implementation cycle, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

19


Table of Contents

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant costs to enforce our rights.

The success of our business depends in part upon our proprietary technology platform. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as on confidentiality procedures and non-compete agreements, to establish and protect our proprietary technology rights. The steps we have taken to deter misappropriation of our proprietary technology may be insufficient to protect our proprietary information. Any infringement or misappropriation of our patents, trademarks, trade secrets, or other intellectual property rights could adversely affect any competitive advantage we currently derive or may derive from our proprietary technology platform and we may incur significant costs associated with litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property could force us to incur significant costs or revise the way we conduct our business.

Our competitors protect their proprietary rights by means of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property. Any party asserting that we infringe, misappropriate or violate their intellectual property rights may force us to defend ourselves, and potentially our clients, against the alleged claim. These claims and any resulting lawsuit, if successful, could be time-consuming and expensive to defend, subject us to significant liability for damages or invalidation of our proprietary rights, prevent us from operating all or a portion of our business or force us to redesign our services or technology platform or cause an interruption or cessation of our business operations, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, any litigation relating to the infringement of intellectual property rights could harm our relationships with current and prospective clients. The risk of such claims and lawsuits could increase if we increase the size and scope of our services in our existing markets or expand into new markets.

We may make acquisitions that prove unsuccessful, strain or divert our resources and harm our results of operations and stock price.

We may consider acquisitions of other companies in our industry or in new markets. We may not be able to successfully complete any such acquisition and, if completed, any such acquisition may fail to achieve the intended financial results. We may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired businesses with our own and we may be unable to maintain our standards, controls and policies. Further, acquisitions may place additional constraints on our resources by diverting the attention of our management from other business concerns. Moreover, any acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt and amortization of expenses related to intangible assets, all of which could adversely affect our results of operations and stock price.

Our current or future indebtedness could adversely affect our business and financial condition and reduce the funds available to us for other purposes, and our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our credit agreement could result in an event of default that could adversely affect our results of operations.

As of March 31, 2012, our total debt was $141.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our consolidated interest expense was approximately $13.5 million. Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund our other liquidity needs depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot make assurances that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness and to fund our other liquidity needs. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations and allow us to maintain compliance with the covenants under our credit agreement or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot ensure that we would be able to take

 

20


Table of Contents

any of these actions, that these actions would be successful and permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including our credit agreement. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result, our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under our credit agreement could terminate their commitments to lend us money and foreclose against the assets securing our borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our debt agreements contain, and any agreements to refinance our debt likely will contain, financial and restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional debt, including to finance future operations or other capital needs, and to engage in other activities that we may believe are in our long-term best interests, including to dispose of or acquire assets. Our failure to comply with these covenants may result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could accelerate the maturity of our indebtedness or result in modifications to our credit terms. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash resources to satisfy our debt obligations and we may not be able to continue our operations as planned.

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock

Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company” and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon the closing of this offering, an entity affiliated with Parthenon Capital Partners (such entity and its affiliates individually and collectively referred to as “Parthenon Capital Partners”) will continue to control a majority of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable stock exchange corporate governance standards. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, a company of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that nominating and corporate governance matters be decided solely by independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement that employee and officer compensation matters be decided solely by independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation functions may not be decided solely by independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the stock exchange corporate governance requirements.

The price of our common stock could be volatile, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the public offering price.

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. In particular, you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us. The overall market and the price of our common stock may fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including: quarterly fluctuations in our operating results; the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those

 

21


Table of Contents

projections; changes in investors’ and analysts’ perception of the business risks and conditions of our business; our ability to meet the earnings estimates and other performance expectations of financial analysts or investors; unfavorable commentary or downgrades of our stock by equity research analysts; termination of lock-up agreements or other restrictions on the ability of our existing stockholders to sell their shares after this offering; changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities; lawsuits threatened or filed against us; strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; new legislation or regulatory actions; changes in our relationship with any of our significant clients; fluctuations in the stock prices of our peer companies or in stock markets in general; and general economic conditions.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock may lower our stock price.

If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could depress the market price of our common stock, regardless of the actual plans of our existing stockholders. Immediately after this offering, approximately 45.1 million shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, 11.5 million shares, consisting of the shares to be issued in this offering, will be available for immediate resale in the public market. All of the remaining shares outstanding are subject to lock-up agreements restricting the sale of those shares for 180 days from the date of this prospectus. However, one stockholder, who beneficially owns 919,500 shares of common stock as of June 30, 2012, has filed a lawsuit seeking to avoid executing this lock-up agreement, which we believe that the stockholder is contractually obligated to execute. The underwriters may waive the lock-up restriction and allow any of the stockholders subject to this restriction to sell their shares at any time. In addition, following this offering and the sale by the selling stockholders of the shares offered by them, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the holders of shares of common stock will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” After this offering, we intend to register approximately 10 million shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted under our stock option plans. Once we register these shares, they can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions under the securities laws applicable to resale by affiliates.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an offering price of $13.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $15.58 per share of common stock.

Our majority stockholder will have the ability to control significant corporate activities after the completion of this offering and our majority stockholder’s interests may not coincide with yours.

After the consummation of this offering, Parthenon Capital Partners will beneficially own approximately 60.6% of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, Parthenon Capital Partners will beneficially own approximately 57.4% of our common stock. As a result of its ownership, Parthenon Capital Partners, so long as it holds a majority of our outstanding shares, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and, through our board of directors, the ability to control decision-making with respect to our business direction and policies. Matters over which Parthenon Capital Partners will, directly or indirectly, exercise control following this offering include:

 

   

the election of our board of directors and the appointment and removal of our officers;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our stockholders receiving a premium price for their shares;

 

   

other acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets;

 

   

incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities;

 

   

repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and

 

   

the issuance of shares to management under our equity incentive plans.

Even if Parthenon Capital Partners’ ownership of our shares falls below a majority, it may continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. In addition, Parthenon Capital Partners will have a contractual right to designate a number of directors proportionate to their stock ownership. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Nomination of our Directors.” Further, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Parthenon Capital Partners and its affiliates will not have any obligation to present to us, and Parthenon Capital Partners may separately pursue, corporate opportunities of which they become aware, even if those opportunities are ones that we would have pursued if granted the opportunity. See “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunities.”

If securities analysts do not publish research or if securities analysts or other third parties publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that securities analysts and other third parties choose to publish about us. We do not control these analysts or other third parties. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our common stock or if one or more securities analysts or other third parties publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or cease publishing reports about us.

We will have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of this offering and we may not use these proceeds effectively. This could affect our results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our management team will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes and possibly to fund acquisitions We may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes that do not improve our results of operations or which cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include the following provisions: establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time; providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause at such time as Parthenon Capital Partners no longer beneficially owns a majority of our outstanding shares; authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock; limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting at such time as Parthenon Capital Partners no longer beneficially owns a majority of our outstanding shares; limiting our ability to engage in certain business combinations with any “interested stockholder,” other than Parthenon Capital Partners, for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder; requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to

 

23


Table of Contents

be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors; requiring a super-majority vote for certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws after the time when Parthenon Capital Partners ceases to beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares; and limiting the determination of the number of directors on our board of directors and, when Parthenon Capital Partners is no longer our majority stockholder, the filling of vacancies or newly created seats on the board, to our board of directors then in office. These provisions, alone or together, could have the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.

For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictive covenants contained in our credit agreement. As a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.

 

24


Table of Contents

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, strategy and plans, and our expectations for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “design,” “intend,” “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our opportunities and expectations for growth in the student lending, healthcare and other markets;

 

   

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and competition in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

our client relationships and future growth opportunities;

 

   

the adaptability of our technology platform to new markets and processes;

 

   

our ability to invest in and utilize our data and analytics capabilities to expand our capabilities;

 

   

our belief that we benefit from a significant degree of revenue visibility;

 

   

our growth strategy of expanding in our existing markets and considering strategic alliances or acquisitions;

 

   

our ability to meet our liquidity and working capital needs;

 

   

maintaining, protecting and enhancing our intellectual property;

 

   

our expectations regarding future expenses;

 

   

expected future financial performance;

 

   

our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

our ability to comply with and adapt to industry regulations and compliance demands.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. In addition, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. We disclaim any duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.

You may rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus, nor sale of common stock, means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates, including those relating to market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that we obtained from government and industry publications. These publications typically indicate that they have obtained their information from sources they believe to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we have assessed the information in the publications and found it to be reasonable and believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

25


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be $21.5 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $1.8 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders include entities affiliated with or controlled by certain of our directors.

We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering as follows:

 

   

to pay a $1.3 million fee with respect to the termination of our Advisory Agreement with an affiliate of Parthenon Capital Partners and a transaction fee equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of this offering; and

 

   

the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes and for other investments, including potential strategic alliances or acquisitions that may be complementary to our business. We have no agreement with respect to any material investments at this time.

Accordingly, our management team will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering.

Pending such uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S.  government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock. However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis following this offering and may, subject to compliance with the covenants in our credit agreement and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future. Our ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictive covenants contained in our credit agreement.

 

26


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our series A preferred stock into 1,399,110 shares of common stock and 1,399,110 shares of series B preferred stock and the redemption of 1,399,110 shares of series B preferred stock for an aggregate amount of approximately $16.3 million, both of which occurred on June 28, 2012, (ii) the increase in the amount of borrowings under our term B loan by $19.5 million, used primarily to fund the redemption, (iii) the payment of approximately $0.8 million in transaction fees related to the increase in our term B loan and (iv) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of 1,924,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the information in this table together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
           Actual               Pro Forma         Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (Restated) (1)              
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

        $ 12,312           $ 14,677           $ 33,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

      

Revolving credit facility

        $ 4,500           $ 4,500           $ 4,500   

Term A loan

     57,000        57,000        57,000   

Term B loan

     79,500        99,000        99,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     141,000        160,500        160,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable preferred stock:

      

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. 18,000,000 shares authorized, 1,399,110 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     15,846                 

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Due from stockholders

     (2,294     (2,294     (2,294

Common stock, $0.0001 par value. 60,000,000 shares authorized, 41,818,576 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 43,217,686 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 45,141,686 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     4        4        5   

Additional paid-in capital

     20,659        20,659        42,169   

Accumulated deficit

     (31,868     (32,336     (35,136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (13,499     (13,967     4,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

        $ 143,347           $ 146,533           $ 165,244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been restated for the presentation of our Redeemable Preferred Stock, which affects our balance sheets and the calculation of net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders, which affects our statements of operations. See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

27


Table of Contents
(2)  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity deficit and total capitalization by $1.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)  

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted in the table above excludes:

 

   

5,724,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.89 per share;

 

   

4,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

115,400 additional shares of common stock that will be issued to Financial Technology Partners LP or FTP Securities LLC, whom we collectively refer to as FT Partners, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. See “Underwriting” for a more complete description of our agreement with FT Partners;

 

   

the repurchase of 98,020 shares of common stock by us from certain members of management on July 3, 2012; and

 

   

7,300 shares of common stock issued upon exercise of stock options subsequent to March 31, 2012.

 

28


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value deficiency as of March 31, 2012, was $(118.3) million, or $(2.83) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value deficiency as of March 31, 2012 was $(134.6) million, or $(3.11) per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012, after giving effect to all outstanding shares of series A preferred stock converting into 1,399,110 shares of common stock and 1,399,110 shares of series B preferred stock and the redemption of 1,399,110 shares of series B preferred stock for an aggregate redemption payment of $16.3 million, both of which occurred on June 28, 2012.

After giving effect to (i) the items described in the preceding paragraph and (ii) our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficiency as of March 31, 2012 would have been $(116.4) million, or $(2.58) per share. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book value deficiency of $0.53 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate increase in net tangible book value deficiency of $(15.58) per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Initial public offering price per share deficiency

     $ 13.00  

Historical net tangible book value deficiency per share as of March 31, 2012

   $ (2.83  

Pro forma net tangible book value deficiency per share as of March 31, 2012

     (3.11  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors         purchasing shares of in the offering

     0.53     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       (2.58
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma per share to investors in this offering

      $ (15.58
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $1.9 million, or approximately $0.04 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $0.04 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficiency per share after this offering would be approximately $(2.48) per share, the decrease in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficiency per share to existing stockholders would be approximately $0.10 per share, and the increase in net tangible book value deficiency to investors purchasing shares in this offering would be approximately $(15.48) per share.

 

29


Table of Contents

The following table presents on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of series A preferred stock into common stock, which occurred on June 28, 2012, the differences between the existing stockholders and the investors purchasing shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common and series A preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options and the value of any stock issued for services and the average price paid per share (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages):

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration (1)      Average Price
per Share
 
     Number      Percent        Amount            Percent       

Existing stockholders

     43,217,686         95.7%           $ 48,491,800         65.9%           $ 1.12   

New investors

     1,924,000         4.3            25,012,000         34.1            13.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Totals

     45,141,686         100.0%           $ 73,503,800         100.0%      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors by $1.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own approximately 70.6% and our new investors would own 29.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing calculations are based on 43,217,686 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012 assuming our outstanding convertible preferred stock converts into 1,399,110 shares of common stock, which occurred on June 28, 2012, and excludes:

 

   

5,724,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.89 per share;

 

   

4,300,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

115,400 additional shares of common stock that will be issued to Financial Technology Partners LP or FTP Securities LLC, whom we collectively refer to as FT Partners, contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. See “Underwriting” for a more complete description of our agreement with FT Partners;

 

   

the repurchase of 98,020 shares of common stock by us from certain members of management on July 3, 2012; and

 

   

7,300 shares of common stock issued upon exercise of stock options subsequent to March 31, 2012.

 

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the selected consolidated financial data for 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and as of March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. You should read the following selected consolidated historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes and schedule included in this prospectus.

 

31


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)  
   

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ 88,514      $ 98,967      $ 109,832      $ 123,519      $ 162,974      $ 35,080      $ 45,878   

Operating expenses:

             

Salaries and benefits

    51,805        49,109        53,728        58,113        67,082        16,729        18,641   

Other operating expense

    23,778        26,730        32,110        33,655        49,199        10,073        16,141   

Impairment of trade name

                                13,400                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    75,583        75,839        85,838        91,768        129,681        26,802        34,782   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    12,931        23,128        23,994        31,751        33,293        8,278        11,096   

Debt extinguishment costs (2)

                                    (3,679

Interest expense

    (17,966     (16,361     (16,017     (15,230     (13,530     (3,443     (3,190

Interest income

    488        217        104        118        125        32        31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    (4,547     6,984        8,081        16,639        19,888        4,867        4,258   

Provision for income taxes

    (1,445     3,113        3,071        6,664        7,516        1,949        1,742   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ (3,102   $ 3,871      $ 5,010      $ 9,975      $ 12,372      $ 2,918      $ 2,516   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrual for preferred stock dividends

    4,047        4,556        5,128        5,771        6,495        1,531        1,571   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

    (7,149     (685     (118     4,204        5,877        1,387        945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders (3)

             

Basic

  $ (0.17   $ (0.02   $ (0.00   $ 0.10      $ 0.14      $ 0.03      $ 0.02   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.17   $ (0.02   $ (0.00   $ 0.09      $ 0.13      $ 0.03      $ 0.02   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

             

Basic

    42,509        42,653        42,962        42,962        42,962        42,962        42,985   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    42,509        42,653        42,962        45,019        45,742        45,069        46,225   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (4)

             

Basic

          $ 0.12        $ 0.02   

Diluted

          $ 0.12        $ 0.02   
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share

             

Basic

            47,376          47,257   

Diluted

            50,156          50,497   
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been restated for the presentation of our Redeemable Preferred Stock, which affects our balance sheets and the calculation of net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders, which affects our statements of operations. See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

Represents debt extinguishment costs comprised of approximately $3.3 million of fees paid to lenders in connection with our new credit facility and approximately $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with our old credit facility.

(3)

Please see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share of common stock.

(4)  

See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our presentation of pro forma net income per share.

 

    As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
    (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)     (Restated) (1)  
    (in thousands)  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                                    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,869      $ 9,108      $ 8,924      $ 11,078      $ 20,004      $ 12,312   

Total assets

  $ 183,939      $ 183,783      $ 180,735      $ 181,390      $ 181,849      $ 183,023   

Total debt

  $ 142,180      $ 134,215      $ 127,298      $ 117,331      $ 103,383      $ 141,000   

Total liabilities

    174,410        167,617        161,077        151,231        139,306        180,676   

Redeemable preferred stock

    36,298        40,854        45,982        51,753        58,248        15,846   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (26,769     (26,688     (26,324     (21,594     (15,705     (13,499

 

(1)  

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been restated for the presentation of our Redeemable Preferred Stock, which affects our balance sheets and the calculation of net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders, which affects our statements of operations. See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We provide technology-enabled recovery and related analytics services in the United States. Our services help identify and recover delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments for both government and private clients in a broad range of markets. Our clients typically operate in complex and regulated environments and outsource their recovery needs in order to reduce losses on billions of dollars of defaulted student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. We generally provide our services on an outsourced basis, where we handle many or all aspects of our clients’ recovery processes.

Our revenue model is generally success-based as we earn fees on the aggregate amount of funds that we enable our clients to recover. Our services do not require any significant upfront investments by our clients and offer our clients the opportunity to recover significant funds otherwise lost. Because our model is based upon the success of our efforts and the dollars we enable our clients to recover, our business objectives are aligned with those of our clients and we are generally not reliant on their spending budgets. Furthermore, our business model does not require significant capital expenditures and we do not purchase loans or obligations. We believe we benefit from a significant degree of revenue visibility due to predictable recovery outcomes in a substantial portion of our business.

Sources of Revenues

We derive our revenues from services for clients in a variety of different markets. These markets include our two largest markets, student lending and healthcare, as well as our other markets which include but are not limited to delinquent state taxes and federal Treasury and other receivables.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Student Lending

    $ 84,056        $ 103,672        $ 122,253        $ 26,404        $ 29,168   

Healthcare

             1,821         21,549         3,648         12,069   

Other

     25,776         18,026         19,172         5,028         4,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    $ 109,832        $ 123,519        $ 162,974        $ 35,080        $ 45,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Student Lending

We derive the majority of our revenues from the recovery of student loans. These revenues are contract-based and consist primarily of contingency fees based on a specified percentage of the amount we enable our clients to recover. Our contingency fee percentage for a particular recovery depends on the type of recovery facilitated. We also receive incremental performance incentives based upon our performance as compared to other contractors with the Department of Education, which are comprised of additional inventory allocation volumes and incentive fees.

 

33


Table of Contents

We believe the size and the composition of our student loan inventory at any point provides us with a significant degree of revenue visibility for our student loan revenues. Based on data compiled from over two decades of experience with the recovery of defaulted student loans, at the time we receive a placement of student loans, we are able to make a reasonably accurate estimate of the recovery outcomes likely to be derived from such placement and the revenues we are likely able to generate based on the anticipated recovery outcomes.

There are five potential outcomes to the student loan recovery process from which we generate revenue. These outcomes include: full repayment, recurring payments, rehabilitation, loan restructuring and wage garnishment. Of these five potential outcomes, our ability to rehabilitate defaulted student loans is the most significant component of our revenues in this market. Generally, a loan is considered successfully rehabilitated after the student loan borrower has made nine consecutive monthly payments and our client has notified us that it is recalling the loan. Once we have structured and implemented a repayment program for a defaulted borrower, we (i) earn a percentage of each periodic payment collected up to and including the final periodic payment prior to the loan being considered “rehabilitated” by our clients, and (ii) if the loan is “rehabilitated,” then we are paid a one-time percentage of the total amount of the remaining unpaid balance. The fees we are paid vary by recovery outcome as well as by contract. For non-government-supported student loans we are generally only paid contingency fees on two outcomes: full repayment or recurring repayments. The table below describes our typical fee structure for each of these five outcomes.

 

 

Student Loan Recovery Outcomes

    Full Repayment   Recurring Payments         Rehabilitation   Loan Restructuring   Wage Garnishment
 

•Repayment in full of the loan

 

•Regular structured payments, typically according to a renegotiated payment plan

     

•After a defaulted borrower has made nine consecutive recurring payments, the loan is eligible for rehabilitation

 

•Restructure and consolidate a number of outstanding loans into a single loan, typically with one monthly payment and an extended maturity

 

•If we are unable to obtain voluntary repayment, payments may be obtained through wage garnishment after certain administrative requirements are met

 

•We are paid a percentage of the full payment that is made

 

•We are paid a percentage of each payment

   

•We are paid based on a percentage of the overall value of the rehabilitated loan

 

•We are paid based on a percentage of overall value of the restructured loan

 

•We are paid a percentage of each payment

                                     

For certain GA clients, we have entered into Master Service Agreements, or MSAs. Under these agreements, clients provide their entire inventory of outsourced loans or receivables to us for recovery on an exclusive basis, rather than just a portion, as with traditional contracts that are split among various service providers. In certain circumstances, we engage subcontractors to assist in the recovery of a portion of the client’s portfolio. We also receive success fees for the recovery of loans under MSAs and our revenues under MSA arrangements include fees earned by the activities of our subcontractors. As of March 31, 2012, we had four MSA clients in the student loan market.

 

34


Table of Contents

Healthcare

We derive revenue from the healthcare market primarily from our RAC contract, under which we are the prime contractor responsible for detecting improperly paid Part A and Part B Medicare claims in 12 states in the Northeastern United States. Revenues earned under the RAC contract are driven by the identification of improperly paid Medicare claims through both automated and manual review of such claims. We are paid contingency fees by CMS based on a percentage of the dollar amount of claims recovered by CMS as a result of our efforts. We recognize revenue when the provider pays CMS or incurs an offset against future Medicare claims. The revenue we recognize is net of our estimate of claims that will be overturned by appeal following payment by the provider.

To accelerate our ability to provide Medicare audit and recovery services across our region following our award of the RAC contract, we outsourced certain aspects of our healthcare recovery process to three different subcontractors. Two of these subcontractors provide a specific service to us in connection with our claims recovery process, and one subcontractor is engaged to provide all of the audit and recovery services for claims within a portion of our region. According to CMS, the geographic area allocated to this subcontractor represented approximately 17% of the total Medicare spending in our region in 2009. We recognize all of the revenues generated by the claims recovered through these subcontractor relationships, and we recognize the fees that we pay to these subcontractors in our expenses.

Other

We also derive revenue from the recovery of delinquent state taxes, and federal Treasury and other receivables, default aversion services for certain clients including financial institutions and the licensing of hosted technology solutions to certain clients. For our hosted technology services, we license our system and integrate our technology into our clients’ operations, for which we are paid a licensing fee. Our revenues for these services include contingency fees, fees based on dedicated headcount to our clients and hosted technology licensing fees.

Operating Metrics

We monitor a number of operating metrics in order to evaluate our business and make decisions regarding our corporate strategy. These key metrics include Placement Volume, Placement Revenue as a Percentage of Placement Volume, Net Claim Recovery Volume and Claim Recovery Fee Rate.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Student Lending:

          

Placement Volume

   $ 4,920,506      $ 5,294,971      $ 6,241,483      $ 1,679,002      $ 1,001,808   

Placement Revenue as a percentage of Placement Volume

     1.71     1.96     1.96     1.53     2.91

Healthcare:

          

Net Claim Recovery Volume

   $      $ 15,494      $ 188,573      $ 31,599      $ 106,100   

Claim Recovery Fee Rate

            11.76     11.43     11.54     11.38

Placement Volume.   Our Placement Volume represents the dollar volume of defaulted student loans first placed with us during the specified period by public and private clients for recovery. Placement Volume allows us to measure and track trends in the amount of inventory our clients in the student lending market are placing with us during any period. The revenue associated with the recovery of a portion of these loans may be recognized in subsequent accounting periods, which assists management in estimating future revenues and in allocating resources necessary to address current Placement Volumes.

 

35


Table of Contents

Placement Revenue as a Percentage of Placement Volume.   Placement Revenue as a Percentage of Placement Volume is calculated by dividing revenue recognized during the specified period by Placement Volume first placed with us during that same period. This metric is subject to some level of variation from period to period based upon certain timing differences including, but not limited to, the timing of placements received by us within a period and the fact that a significant portion of revenue recognized in a current period is often generated from the Placement Volume received in prior periods. However, we believe that this metric provides a useful indication of the revenues we are generating from Placement Volumes on an ongoing basis and provides management with an indication of the relative efficiency of our recovery operations from period to period.

Net Claim Recovery Volume.   Our Net Claim Recovery Volume measures the dollar volume of improper Medicare claims that we have recovered for CMS during the applicable period net of any amount that we have reserved to cover appeals by healthcare providers. We are paid recovery fees as a percentage of this recovered claim volume. We calculate this metric by dividing our claim recovery revenue by our Claim Recovery Fee Rate. This metric shows trends in the volume of improper payments within our region and allows management to measure our success in finding these improper payments, over time.

Claim Recovery Fee Rate.   Our Claim Recovery Fee Rate represents the weighted-average percentage of our fees compared to amounts recovered by CMS. This percentage primarily depends on the method of recovery and, in some cases, the type of improper payment that we identify. This metric helps management measure how much revenue we generate from Net Claim Recovery Volume.

Costs and Expenses

We generally report two categories of operating expenses: salaries and benefits and other operating expense. Salaries and benefits expenses consist primarily of salaries and performance incentives paid and benefits provided to our employees. Other operating expense includes expenses related to our use of subcontractors, other production related expenses, including costs associated with data processing, retrieval of medical records, printing and mailing services, amortization and other outside services, as well as general corporate and administrative expenses. In addition to our main components of operating expenses, we incurred a $13.4 million impairment expense to write off the carrying amount of the trade name intangible asset due to our plan to retire our Diversified Collection Services, Inc. trade name in 2011, which we report as Impairment of trade name. We expect a significant portion of our expenses to increase as we grow our business. However, we expect certain expenses, including our corporate and general administrative expenses, to grow at a slower rate than our revenues. As a result, and over the long term, we expect our overall expenses to modestly decline as a percentage of revenues.

We also expect to incur additional professional fees and other expenses resulting from future expansion and the compliance requirements of operating as a public company, including increased audit and legal expenses, investor relations expenses, increased insurance expenses, particularly for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and the costs of complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. While these costs may initially increase as a percentage of our revenues, we expect that in the future these expenses will increase at a slower rate than our overall business volume, and that they will eventually represent a smaller percentage of our revenues.

Factors Affecting Our Operating Results

Our results of operations are primarily influenced by allocation of placement volume, claim recovery volume, contingency fees, regulatory matters, effects of client concentration and macroeconomic factors.

Allocation of Placement Volume

Our clients have the right to unilaterally set and increase or reduce the volume of defaulted student loans or other receivables that we service at any given time. In addition, many of our recovery contracts for student loans and other receivables are not exclusive, with our clients retaining multiple service providers to service portions of their portfolios. Accordingly, the number of delinquent student loans or other receivables that are

 

36


Table of Contents

placed with us may vary from time to time, which may have a significant affect on the amount and timing of our revenues. We believe the major factors that influence the number of placements we receive from our clients in the student loan market include our performance under our existing contracts and our ability to perform well against competitors for a particular client. To the extent that we perform well under our existing contracts and differentiate our services from those of our competitors, we may receive a relatively greater number of placements under these existing contracts and may improve our ability to obtain future contracts from these clients and other potential clients.

Typically we are able to anticipate with reasonable accuracy the timing and volume of placements of defaulted student loans and other receivables based on historical patterns and regular communication with our clients. Occasionally, however, placements are delayed due to factors outside of our control. For example, a technology system upgrade at the Department of Education, which began in September 2011 and remains ongoing through March 31, 2012, has significantly decreased the volume of student loan placements by the Department of Education to all recovery vendors, including us, during this period. As a result, the dollar amount of placements that we received from the Department of Education in the three months ended March 31, 2012 was 58% lower than in the comparable three months ended March 31, 2011. While it is expected that we and the other Department of Education recovery vendors will receive substantially larger than normal placements once this situation is resolved, the large majority of the revenues from these placements will be delayed because we do not begin to earn rehabilitation revenues from a given placement until at least nine months after receipt of the placement. In addition, since September 2011, the Department of Education has not been able to process a significant majority of rehabilitated student loans and accordingly we have not been able to recognize a significant majority of the revenues associated with rehabilitation of loans for this client. However, the Department of Education has continued to pay us based on invoices submitted and we have recorded these cash receipts as deferred revenues on our balance sheet. When these rehabilitated loans are processed by the Department of Education, we expect to recognize the revenues in the period in which these rehabilitated loans are processed by the Department of Education. This has led to deferred revenues of $6.1 million as of March 31, 2012. Delays in placement volume, as well as acceleration of placement volume, from any of our large clients may cause our revenue and operating results to vary from quarter to quarter.

Claim Recovery Volume

While we are entitled to review Medicare records for all Part A and Part B claims in our region, we are not permitted to identify an improper claim unless that particular type of claim has been pre-approved by CMS to ensure compliance with applicable Medicare payment policies as well as national and local coverage determinations. The growth of our revenues is determined primarily by the aggregate volume of Medicare claims in our region and our ability to identify improper payments within these claims. However, the long-term growth of these revenues will also be affected by the scope of the issues pre-approved by CMS.

Contingency Fees

Our revenues consist primarily of contract-based contingency fees. The contingency fee percentages that we earn are set by our clients, and may change from time to time either under the terms of existing contracts or pursuant to the terms of contract renewals. Any changes in the contingency fee percentages that we are paid under existing and future contracts could have a significant impact on our revenues.

Regulatory Matters

Each of the markets which we serve is highly regulated. Accordingly, changes in regulations that affect the types of loans, receivables and claims that we are able to service or the manner in which any such delinquent loans, receivables and claims can be recovered will affect our revenues and results of operations. For example, the passage of SAFRA in 2010 had the effect of transferring the origination of all government-supported student loans to the Department of Education, thereby ending all student loan originations guaranteed by the GAs. Loans guaranteed by the GAs represented approximately 70% of government-supported student loans originated in

 

37


Table of Contents

2009. While the GAs will continue to service existing outstanding student loans for years to come, this legislation will over time shift the portfolio of student loans that we manage toward the Department of Education, and further concentrate our sources of revenues and increase our reliance on our relationship with the Department of Education. In addition, our entry into the healthcare market was facilitated by passage of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, which mandated CMS to contract with private firms to audit Medicare claims in an effort to increase the recovery of improper Medicare payments. Any changes to the regulations that affect the student loan industry or the recovery of defaulted student loans or the Medicare program generally or the audit and recovery of Medicare claims could have a significant impact on our revenues and results of operations.

Client Concentration

Our revenues from the student loan market depend on our ability to maintain our contracts with some of the largest providers of student loans. In 2011, four providers of student loans each accounted for more than 10% of our revenues during such period and they collectively accounted for 61% of our total revenues during this period. Our contracts with these clients entitle them to unilaterally terminate their contractual relationship with us at any time without penalty. If we lose one of our significant clients, including if one of our significant clients is consolidated by an entity that does not use our services, if the terms of compensation for our services change or if there is a reduction in the level of placements provided by any of these clients, our revenues could decline.

Our contract with CMS for the recovery of improper Medicare payments began generating significant revenues during 2011 and represented 26% of our total revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2012. This contract expires in 2014 and we expect that renewal of the contract will be a competitive process. While we believe our performance under the existing agreement and the experience we have gained in performing this contract position us well to renew the agreement, failure to renew the agreement or renewal on substantially less favorable terms could significantly harm our revenues and results of operations.

Macroeconomic Factors

Certain macroeconomic factors influence our business and results of operations. These include the increasing volume of student loan originations in the U.S. as a result of increased tuition costs and student enrollment, the default rate of student loan borrowers, the growth in Medicare expenditures resulting from increasing healthcare costs, as well as the fiscal budget tightening of federal, state and local governments as a result of general economic weakness and lower tax revenues.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period-to-period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The majority of our contracts are contingency fee based. We recognize revenue on these contingency fee based contracts when third-party payors remit payment to our clients or remit payment to us on behalf of our clients, and, consequently, the contingency is deemed to have been satisfied. Under our RAC contract with CMS,

 

38


Table of Contents

we recognize revenue when the healthcare provider has paid CMS for a given claim. Providers have the right to appeal a claim, and may pursue additional appeals if the initial appeal is found in favor of CMS. We accrue a reserve for appeals based on the amount that we estimate will be overturned in the provider’s favor. Our levels of reserves for appeals are based on assumptions derived from our limited experience under our contract with CMS, and our inability to correctly estimate these reserves could adversely affect our revenues.

Goodwill

We periodically review the carrying value of intangible assets not subject to amortization, including goodwill, to determine whether an impairment may exist. GAAP requires that goodwill and certain intangible assets not subject to amortization be assessed annually for impairment using fair value measurement techniques.

Specifically, goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step test. The first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its book value, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its book value, goodwill is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the book value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the book value of that goodwill. If the book value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit. In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment . This ASU permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test. The ASU permits early adoption, and based on our qualitative assessment we concluded that we are not required to perform the two-step impairment test at December 31, 2011.

Impairments of Depreciable Intangible Assets

We evaluate depreciable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Depreciable intangible assets consist of client contracts and related relationships, and are being amortized over their estimated useful life, which is generally 20 years. We evaluate the client contracts intangible at the individual contract level. The recoverability of such assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. There was no impairment expense for depreciable intangible assets in 2010 and 2011. In 2009, an impairment charge of $2.6 million was recognized to account for our decision to discontinue a relationship with a client.

 

39


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

The following table represents our historical operating results for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:             

Revenues

        $ 35,080           $ 45,878   

Operating expenses:

    

Salaries and benefits

     16,729        18,641   

Other operating expense

     10,073        16,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,802        34,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     8,278        11,096   

Debt extinguishment costs

            (3,679

Interest expense

     (3,443     (3,190

Interest income

     32        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     4,867        4,258   

Provision for income taxes

     1,949        1,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

        $         2,918           $         2,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

Total revenues were $45.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $10.8 million, or 30.8%, compared to total revenue of $35.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase in revenues is primarily due to an increase of $8.4 million in revenues received from CMS under our RAC contract as a result of higher claim recovery volumes and an increase of $2.8 million in student loan recovery revenues. This increase was partially offset by a reduction of $2.4 million of student loan rehabilitation revenues from the Department of Education for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011, as a result of the inability of the Department of Education to process rehabilitated loans due to the delays created by their technology system upgrade.

Salaries and Benefits

Salaries and benefits expense was $18.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $1.9 million, or 11.4%, compared to salaries and benefits expense of $16.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase is primarily due to hiring of new employees to provide services under our RAC contract with CMS, an increase in administrative employees and an increase in expenses associated with the engagement of additional software engineers to assist in the integration of a newly acquired software license.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense was $16.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $6.1 million, or 60.2%, compared to other operating expense of $10.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase is primarily due to an additional $3.5 million of subcontractor expenses incurred in connection with increased services provided under the RAC contract and MSA contracts in our student lending market. In addition, in the three months ended March 31, 2012, we incurred an additional $0.9 million of data processing, retrieval of medical records, printing and mailing services expenses as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011, due to increases in payments to healthcare providers for the transfer of medical records in connection with the RAC contract.

 

40


Table of Contents

Income from Operations

As a result of the factors described above, income from operations was $11.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $8.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, representing an increase of $2.8 million, or 34.0%.

Debt Extinguishment Costs

As a result of the entry into our new credit facility and the repayment of all amounts owed under our then existing credit facility in March 2012, we incurred debt extinguishment costs of $3.7 million, comprised of approximately $3.3 million in fees paid to the lenders in connection with our new credit facility and approximately $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with our old credit facility.

Interest Expense

Interest expense of $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 representing a decrease of 7.3%.

Net Income

As a result of the factors described above, net income was $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which represented a decrease of $0.4 million compared to net income of $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Excluding the debt extinguishment costs incurred in March 2012, net income would have been $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

The following table presents our historical operating results for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Revenues

        $         123,519           $         162,974   

Operating expenses:

    

Salaries and benefits

     58,113        67,082   

Other operating expense

     33,655        49,199   

Impairment of trade name

            13,400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     91,768        129,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     31,751        33,293   

Interest expense

     (15,230     (13,530

Interest income

     118        125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     16,639        19,888   

Provision for income taxes

     6,664        7,516   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

        $ 9,975           $ 12,372   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

Total revenues were $163.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $39.5 million, or 31.9%, compared to total revenues of $123.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Of this increase, $19.7 million is attributable to increased recovery activity on our RAC contract with CMS and reflects the first full-year of our recovery activity related to this contract. The remaining increase was primarily a result

 

41


Table of Contents

of an increase in revenues from our student lending markets, due largely to an approximately 17.9% increase in placement volume from 2010 to 2011.

Salaries and Benefits

Salaries and benefits was $67.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $9.0 million, or 15.4%, compared to salaries and benefits expense of $58.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase is primarily due to an increase in employee headcount associated with hiring to staff our operations under the RAC contract. Our employee headcount was 1,280 as of December 31, 2011, an increase of 160, or 14.3%, over the employee headcount of 1,120 as of December 31, 2010.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense was $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $15.5 million, or 46.2%, compared to other operating expense of $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase is primarily due to the use of subcontractors as we expand our operations in our healthcare market to help address the new and significant claims activity, along with increases in payments to healthcare providers for the transfer of medical records as required under the RAC contract. In addition, we recorded a $1.2 million expense in 2011 related to a legal settlement that was paid out in the first quarter of 2012.

Income From Operations

As a result of the factors described above, income from operations was $33.3 million, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This reflects an expense of $13.4 million related to impairment expenses to write off the carrying amount of the trade name intangible assets due to the retirement of a former trade name. Income from operations excluding this expense totaled $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which represents an increase of $14.9 million, or 47.1%, as compared to income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $1.7 million from $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The reduction in interest expense is due primarily to lower notes payable balances resulting from principal repayments.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, represented an effective tax rate of 37.8% of income before provision for income tax.

Net Income

As a result of the factors described above, net income was $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which represented an increase of $2.4 million over net income of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Excluding the impairment expenses to write off the carrying amount of the trade name, net income would have been $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

42


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

The following table presents our historical operating results for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Revenues

        $         109,832           $         123,519   

Operating expenses:

    

Salaries and benefits

     53,728        58,113   

Other operating expense

     32,110        33,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     85,838        91,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     23,994        31,751   

Interest expense

     (16,017     (15,230

Interest income

     104        118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     8,081        16,639   

Provision for income taxes

     3,071        6,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

        $ 5,010           $ 9,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

Total revenues were $123.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $13.7 million, or 12.5%, compared to total revenues of $109.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Total revenues increased as a result of greater student loan revenue of $19.6 million driven by increased placement volume and $1.8 million of revenue associated with the commencement of operations under our RAC contract. This increase was partially offset by decrease in other revenue primarily attributable to a revenue benefit we experienced in 2009 related to tax amnesty programs in two states, which is estimated to be $7.3 million.

Salaries and Benefits

Salaries and benefits expense was $58.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $4.4 million, or 8.2%, compared to salaries and related expense of $53.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The change is due primarily to an increase in employee headcount required for the implementation of the RAC contract. Our employee headcount was 1,120 as of December 31, 2010, an increase of 61, or 5.8%, over the employee headcount of 1,059 as of December 31, 2009.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense was $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1.5 million, or 4.8%, compared to other operating expense of $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The change is due mainly to increased use of subcontractors to help meet increased recovery activity, along with an increase in legal fees associated with a lawsuit.

Income from Operations

As a result of the factors described above, income from operations was $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in income from operations was primarily due to revenues growing at a higher rate than operating expenses as a result of operating efficiencies.

 

43


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $0.8 million from $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The reduction in interest expense is primarily due to lower notes payable balances resulting from principal repayments.

Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes of $6.7 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $3.6 million compared to provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our effective tax rate increased to 40.0% from 38.0%.

Net Income

As a result of the factors described above, net income was $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, which represents an increase of $5.0 million as compared to net income of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected unaudited consolidated quarterly operating data for each of the nine quarters during the period from January 1, 2010 to March 31, 2012. In our management’s opinion, the data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of these data. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 31,
2010
    Jun 30,
2010
    Sept 30,
2010
    Dec 31,
2010
    Mar 31,
2011
    Jun 30,
2011
    Sep 30,
2011
    Dec 31,
2011
    Mar 31,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $   29,135       $   31,319       $   29,362       $   33,703       $   35,080       $   43,244       $   42,009       $   42,641       $   45,878   

Operating expenses:

                 

Salaries and benefits

    14,715        14,232        14,185        14,981        16,729        17,252        16,456        16,645        18,641   

Other operating expense

    7,231        8,330        8,414        9,680        10,073        11,507        13,613        14,006        16,141   

Impairment of trade name (1)

                                                     13,400          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    21,946        22,562        22,599        24,661        26,802        28,759        30,069        44,051        34,782   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    7,189        8,757        6,763        9,042        8,278        14,485        11,940        (1,410     11,096   

Debt extinguishment costs (2)

                                                            (3,679

Interest expense

    (3,991     (3,971     (3,667     (3,601     (3,443     (3,404     (3,366     (3,317     (3,190

Interest income

    25        28        34        31        32        31        31        31        31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    3,223        4,814        3,130        5,472        4,867        11,112        8,605        (4,696     4,258   

Provision for income taxes

    1,291        1,928        1,254        2,191        1,949        4,451        3,439        (2,323     1,742   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,932       $ 2,886       $ 1,876       $ 3,281       $ 2,918       $ 6,661       $ 5,166       $ (2,373    $ 2,516   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents impairment expense to write off the carrying amount of the trade name intangible asset due to the plan to retire the Diversified Collection Services, Inc. trade name.

(2)

Represents debt extinguishment costs comprised of approximately $3.3 million of fees paid to lenders in connection with our new credit facility and approximately $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with our old credit facility.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of liquidity is cash flows from operations. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents combined with the amounts available under our credit agreement and the proceeds to us from sales of

 

44


Table of Contents

our common stock in this offering, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, among other things, including our future profitability, cash flows from operations, and the availability under our credit agreement.

Our cash and cash equivalents was $12.3 million as of March 31, 2012.

Cash Flows

The following table presents information regarding our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2011         2011             2012      
     (in thousands)  

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

   $ 15,633      $ 18,214      $ 28,985      $ 9,188      $ 2,842   

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (4,877     (4,921     (6,111     (1,046     (1,963

Net cash flows used in financing activities

     (10,940     (11,139     (13,948     (3,500     (8,571

Cash flows from operating activities

We generated $2.8 million of cash from operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily resulting from our net income of $2.5 million and non-cash depreciation and amortization of $2.2 million, partially offset by non-cash changes in operating assets and liabilities of $2.5 million. A change in our operating assets and liabilities resulted from a $3.9 million increase in deferred revenues as a result of cash receipts from the Department of Education with respect to rehabilitation of student loans that the Department of Education has not been able to process due to its technology upgrade project. In the three months ended March 31, 2011, cash flows from operating activities were $9.2 million, reflecting net income of $2.9 million, depreciation and amortization of $1.9 million and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $4.0 million.

We generated $29.0 million of cash from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily resulting from our net income of $12.4 million, non-cash depreciation and amortization of $7.8 million, an impairment expense to write off the carrying amount of the trade name intangible asset due to the retirement of the Diversified Collection Services, Inc. trade name of $13.4 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $3.8 million, offset by non-cash deferred income taxes of $9.6 million. We generated $18.2 million of cash from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily reflecting from our net income of $10.0 million, non-cash depreciation, amortization and impairment of intangible assets of $7.2 million and interest expense from debt issuance costs of $2.0 million, partially offset by non-cash changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.5 million. We generated $15.6 million of cash from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily resulting from our net income of $5.0 million, non-cash depreciation, amortization and impairment of intangible assets of $9.6 million and interest expense from debt issuance costs of $3.0 million, partially offset by non-cash deferred income taxes of $2.9 million.

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows for investing activities were used primarily for the acquisition and maintenance of computer equipment and software, to enhance our technology platform and to improve our telecommunications systems. We used $2.0 million of cash in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2012, resulting from $1.2 million related to purchases of property, equipment and leasehold improvements and $0.8 million related to the initial payment for the purchase of a perpetual software license and computer equipment. We used $4.9 million, $4.9 million and $6.1 million of cash in investing activities for the purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, primarily returning investments in information technology systems and infrastructure to support increased business volumes.

 

45


Table of Contents

Cash flows from financing activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of the entry into our new credit agreement, the repayment of our old credit agreement, the redemption of shares of preferred stock and the payment of deferred financing fees. We used $8.6 million of cash in financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily resulting from $136.5 million of net proceeds received from borrowings under our new notes payable and $4.5 million of net proceeds received from borrowings under our new line of credit, which were partially offset by $44.0 million used for the redemption of preferred stock, $95.2 million used for the repayment of our old notes payable, $8.2 million used for the repayment of our old line of credit and $2.2 million used for debt issuance costs. We used $13.9 million of cash in financing activities for the repayment of notes payable during the year ended December 31, 2011. We used $11.1 million of cash in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010, comprised of $10.0 million used for the repayment of notes payable and $1.2 million used for debt issuance costs. We used $10.9 million of cash in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to $10.9 million used for the repayment of notes payable, $1.0 million for debt issuance costs and $0.9 million of net proceeds received from borrowings under our old line of credit.

Long-term Debt

On March 19, 2012, we, through our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a $147.5 million credit agreement with Madison Capital Funding LLC as administrative agent, ING Capital LLC as syndication agent, and other lenders party thereto. The senior credit facility consists of (i) a $57.0 million term A loan, (ii) a $79.5 million term B loan, and (iii) a $11.0 million revolving credit facility, which had a borrowing capacity of $5.1 million as of March 31, 2012. On June 28, 2012, we increased the amount of our borrowings under our term B loan by $19.5 million. We may also request the lenders to increase the size of the term B loan or other term loans by up to an additional $10.5 million at any time prior to March 19, 2014.

All borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal or another national publication, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, and (c) 2.5% or (ii) a London Interbank Offered Rate, or Libor, rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) a Libor rate published in Reuters or another national publication and (b) 1.5%. The term A loan and the revolving credit facility have an applicable margin of 4.25% for base rate loans and 5.25% for Libor rate loans. The term B loan has an applicable margin of 4.75% for base rate loans and 5.75% for Libor rate loans. The minimum per annum interest rate that we are required to pay is 6.75% for the term A loan and revolving credit facility and 7.25% for the term B loan. Interest is due at the end of each month for base rate loans and at the end of each Libor period for Libor rate loans unless the Libor period is greater than 3 months, in which case interest is due at the last day of each 3-month interval of such Libor period.

The credit agreement requires us to prepay the two term loans on a prorated basis and then to prepay the revolving credit facility under certain circumstances: (i) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of any asset sale or other disposition of assets by us or our subsidiaries where the net cash proceeds exceed $1 million, (ii) with a percentage of our annual excess cash flow each year where such percentage ranges from 25%-75% depending on our total debt to EBITDA ratio reduced by any voluntary prepayments that are made on our term loans during the same period and (iii) with any net cash proceeds from a qualified initial public offering by us, less net proceeds applied to redeem any outstanding preferred equity or convertible debt, to pay a common shareholder dividend not to exceed $20 million or, if we comply with an adjusted EBITDA ratio set forth in the agreement, to our cash balances in an amount not to exceed $75 million. We intend to apply the net proceeds of this offering, other than as described under “Use of Proceeds,” to our cash balances.

We have to abide by certain negative covenants for our credit agreement, which limit the ability for our subsidiaries and us to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

46


Table of Contents
   

create or permit liens;

 

   

pay dividends or other distributions to our equity holders;

 

   

purchase or redeem certain equity interests of our equity holders, including any warrants, options and other security rights;

 

   

pay management fees or similar fees to any of our equity holders;

 

   

make any redemption, prepayment, defeasance, repurchase or any other payment with respect to any subordinated debt;

 

   

consolidate or merge;

 

   

sell assets, including the capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

enter into different business lines; and

 

   

make investments.

The credit agreement also requires us to meet certain financial covenants, including maintaining a fixed charge coverage ratio and a total debt to EBITDA ratio as such terms are defined in the agreement for our credit agreement. These financial covenants are tested at the end of each quarter beginning on June 30, 2012. The table below further describes these financial covenants, as well as our current status under these covenants as of March 31, 2012.

 

Financial Covenant

   Covenant
Requirement
     Actual Ratio at
March  31, 2012
 

Fixed charge coverage ratio (minimum)

     1.20 to 1.0         1.79 to 1.0   

Total debt to EBITDA ratio (maximum)

     3.25 to 1.0         2.13 to 1.0   

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011, except for long-term debt obligations, which reflect the terms of the new credit agreement dated March 19, 2012:

 

    Payments Due by Period  
    Less Than
1 Year
    1 – 3
Years
    3 – 5
Years
    More Than
5 Years
    Total  
    (in thousands)  

Long-Term Debt Obligations (1)

      $         8,134          $         21,690          $         21,690          $         89,486          $         141,000   

Interest Payments (1)

    11,137        19,483        16,214        7,869        54,703   

Operating Lease Obligations

    1,402        1,386        135               2,923   

Purchase Obligation

    732                             732   

Deferred Compensation

           1,761                      1,761   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 21,405          $ 44,320          $ 38,039          $ 97,355          $ 201,119   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) We entered into our new credit agreement on March 19, 2012, with all outstanding indebtedness under our prior loan facility paid in full. Long-term debt obligations and interest payments presented in this table relate solely to our new credit agreement.

 

47


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. We conduct all of our business in U.S. currency and therefore do not have any direct foreign currency risk. All borrowings under our senior secured credit facility bear interest at a variable rate based on the prime rate or Libor. While we currently hold our excess cash in an operating account, in the future we may invest all or a portion of our excess cash in short-term investments, including money market accounts, where returns may reflect current interest rates. As a result, market interest rate changes impact our interest expense and interest income. This impact will depend on variables such as the magnitude of interest rate changes and the level of our borrowings under our credit facility or excess cash balances.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. However, we do not intend to elect to take advantage of this extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933 as allowed by Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act.

In December 2011, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under GAAP with financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. We will implement the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income . Under this ASU, an entity will have the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. The ASU eliminates the option in GAAP to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. An entity should apply the ASU retrospectively. For a nonpublic entity, the ASU is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2012, and interim and annual periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. In December 2011, the FASB decided to defer the effective date of those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate only to the presentation of reclassification adjustments in the statement of income by issuing ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive income in Accounting Standards Update 2011-05 . We plan to implement the provisions of ASU 2011-05 by presenting a separate statement of other comprehensive income following the statement of income in 2012.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS . The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under IFRS or GAAP. For GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS. A nonpublic entity is required to apply the ASU prospectively for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We expect that the adoption of ASU 2011-04 in 2012 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We provide technology-enabled recovery and related analytics services in the United States. Our services help identify and recover delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments for both government and private clients in a broad range of markets. Our clients typically operate in complex and regulated environments and outsource their recovery needs in order to reduce losses on billions of dollars of defaulted student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. We generally provide our services on an outsourced basis, where we handle many or all aspects of our clients’ recovery processes.

We believe we have a leading position in our markets based on our proprietary technology-enabled services platform, long-standing client relationships and the large volume of funds we have recovered for our clients. In 2011, we provided recovery services on approximately $8.7 billion of combined student loans and other delinquent federal and state receivables and recovered approximately $189 million in improper Medicare payments. Our clients include 13 of the 33 public sector participants in the student loan industry and these relationships average more than 11 years in length, including a 22-year relationship with the Department of Education. According to the Department of Education, total government-supported student loan originations were approximately $109 billion in 2011, and, at the end of 2011, approximately $60 billion of government-supported student loans were in default. In the healthcare market, we are currently one of four prime Medicare Recovery Audit Contractors, or RACs, in the United States for the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS. According to the Government Accountability Office, Medicare paid $525 billion of claims in 2010, of which approximately $48 billion were estimated to be improper payments.

We utilize our technology platform to efficiently provide recovery and analytics services in the markets we serve. We have continuously developed and refined our technology platform for almost two decades by using our extensive domain and data processing expertise. Our technology platform allows us to disaggregate otherwise complex recovery processes into a series of simple, efficient and consistent component steps, which we refer to as workflows, for our recovery and healthcare claims review specialists. This approach enables us to continuously refine our recovery processes to achieve higher rates of recovery with greater efficiency. By optimizing what traditionally have been manually-intensive processes, we believe we achieve higher workforce productivity versus more traditional labor-intensive outsourcing business models. For example, we generated in excess of $130,000 of revenues per employee during 2011, based on the average number of employees during the year.

We believe that our platform is easily adaptable to new markets and processes. Over the past several years, we have successfully extended our platform into additional markets with significant recovery opportunities. For example, we utilized the same basic platform previously used primarily for student loan recovery activities to enter the healthcare market. Recently, we have enhanced our platform through investment in new data and analytics capabilities, which we believe will enable us to provide additional services such as services relating to the detection of fraud, waste and abuse.

Our revenue model is generally success-based as we earn fees based on a percentage of the aggregate amount of funds that we enable our clients to recover. Our services do not require any significant upfront investments by our clients and we offer our clients the opportunity to recover significant funds otherwise lost. Because our model is based upon the success of our efforts and the dollars we enable for our clients to recover, our business objectives are aligned with those of our clients and we are generally not reliant on their spending budgets. Further, our business model does not require significant capital expenditures for us and we do not purchase loans or obligations. We believe we benefit from a significant degree of revenue visibility due to reasonably predictable recovery outcomes in a substantial portion of our business.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $163.0 million in revenues, $12.4 million in net income, $57.8 million in adjusted EBITDA and $25.0 million in adjusted net income. For the three-months ended March 31, 2012, we generated approximately $45.9 million in revenues, $2.5 million in net

 

49


Table of Contents

income, $13.7 million in adjusted EBITDA and $5.8 million in adjusted net income. For a discussion on limitations associated with using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income rather than GAAP measures and reconciliations of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to net income see the section titled “Summary Consolidated Financial Data—non-GAAP financial measures.”

Our Markets

We operate in markets characterized by strong growth, a complex regulatory environment and a significant amount of delinquent, defaulted or improperly paid assets.

Student Lending

Student lending is a large and critically-important market in the United States. According to the Department of Education, total government-supported student loan originations were approximately $109 billion in the year ended September 30, 2011, and the aggregate dollar amount of these loans has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 12% from 2002 through 2011. This growth has been supported by general demographic trends, increased enrollment, and rising costs of tuition and other expenses that increase the need for borrowed funds among students. In addition to strong underlying origination growth, the default rates among student loan borrowers have increased in recent years. The “cohort default rate,” which is the measure utilized by the Department of Education to track the percentage of government-supported loan borrowers that enter repayment in a certain year ended September 30 and default by the end of the next year ended September 30, has risen from approximately 5% in 2006 to approximately 9% in 2009, the last year for which data is available.

Government-supported student loans are authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. Historically, there have been two distribution channels for student loans: (i) the Federal Direct Student Loan Program, or FDSLP, which represents loans made and managed directly by the Department of Education; and (ii) the Federal Family Education Loan Program, or FFELP, which represents loans made by private institutions and currently backed by any of the 32 GAs.

In July 2010, the government-supported student loan sector underwent a structural change with the passage of SAFRA. This legislation transitioned all new government-supported student loan originations to the FDSLP, and away from originations made by private institutions within the FFELP that had previously utilized the GAs to guarantee, manage and service loans. The GAs are non-profit 501(c)(3) public benefit corporations operating under contract with the U.S. Secretary of Education, pursuant to the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, solely for the purpose of guaranteeing and managing student loans originated by lenders participating in the FFELP. Consequently, while the original distribution channels for student loans have been consolidated into one channel, the Department of Education, this does not impact the volume of government-supported student loan origination, which is a key driver of the volume of defaulted student loan inventory. In addition, despite this transition of all new loan originations to the FDSLP, GAs will continue to manage a significant amount of defaulted student loans for some period of time, due to their large outstanding portfolios of loans originated prior to July 2010. The outstanding portfolios of defaulted FFELP loans will, therefore, require recovery for the foreseeable future.

The Department of Education estimates that the balance of defaulted loans was approximately $29.6 billion in the FDSLP as of September 30, 2011 and approximately $30.4 billion in the FFELP as of December 31, 2011. These programs collectively guaranteed approximately $706 billion of federal government-supported student loans according to the Congressional Budget Office as of September 30, 2011. Given the operational and logistical complexity involved in managing the recovery of defaulted student loans, the Department of Education and the GAs generally choose to outsource these services to third parties.

 

50


Table of Contents

The tables below show government-supported student loan originations and government-supported default inventory for the years ended 2007 through 2011 as reported by the Department of Education.

 

Government-Supported Student Loan Originations   Government-Supported Default Inventory
($ in billions)   ($ in billions)

LOGO

 

(1)

Represents inventory as of September 30, 2011.

Healthcare

The healthcare industry represents a significant portion of the U.S. GDP. According to CMS, U.S. healthcare spending exceeded $2.6 trillion in 2010 and is forecast to grow at a 6% annual rate through 2020. In particular, CMS indicates that federal government-related healthcare spending for 2010 totaled approximately $1.2 trillion. This government-related spending included approximately $525 billion for Medicare, which provides a range of healthcare coverage primarily to elderly and disabled Americans, and $401 billion for Medicaid, which provides federal matching funds for states to finance healthcare for individuals at or below the public assistance level.

The tables below show total U.S. healthcare expenditures from 2010 through 2020 as estimated by CMS and total Medicare spending from 2010 through 2020 as estimated by the Congressional Budget Office.

 

Total U.S. Healthcare Expenditures   Medicare Spending
($ in trillions)   ($ in billions)
LOGO   LOGO

Medicare was initially established as part of the Social Security Act of 1965 and consists of four parts: Part A covers hospital and other inpatient stays; Part B covers hospital outpatient, physician and other services; Part C is known as Medicare Advantage, under which beneficiaries receive benefits through private health plans; and Part D is the Medicare outpatient prescription drug benefit.

Of the $525 billion of 2010 Medicare spending, the Department of Health and Human Services estimated that approximately $48 billion, or 9%, was improper, and is the federal public assistance program with the largest amount of improper payments. Medicare improper payments generally involve incorrect coding,

 

51


Table of Contents

procedures performed which were not medically necessary, incomplete documentation or claims submitted based on outdated fee schedules, among other issues. Likewise, Medicaid improper payments were estimated to be $23 billion, or 6%, of total Medicaid payments for 2010. The following table illustrates the proportion of improper payments among federal public assistance programs in the year ended September 30, 2010, according to the Department of Health and Human Services.

 

Top Federal Programs with Improper Payments in the Year Ended
September 30, 2010

 

LOGO

Total = $125 billion

 

(1)

Other includes National School Lunch, Pell Grant, and 60 additional programs.

In accordance with the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, a demonstration program was conducted from March 2005 to March 2008 in six states to determine if the RAC program could be effectively used to identify improper payments for claims paid under Medicare Part A and Part B. Due to the success of this demonstration, under The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, the U.S. Congress authorized the expansion of the RAC program nationwide. CMS relies on third-party contractors to execute the RAC program to analyze millions of Medicare claims annually for improper payments that have been paid to healthcare providers. The program was implemented by designating one prime contractor in each of the four major regions in the United States: West, Midwest, South, and Northeast.

In addition to government-related healthcare spending, significant growth is expected in the private healthcare market. According to the CMS’ National Health Expenditures survey, the private healthcare market accounted for approximately $1.4 trillion in spending in 2010 and private expenditures are projected to grow more than 5% annually through 2020.

Other Markets

State Tax Market

We believe that the demand for recovery of delinquent state taxes will grow as state governments struggle with revenue generation and face significant budget deficits. According to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, an independent think tank, 47 U.S. states faced budget shortfalls totaling $130 billion in the year ended September 30, 2011, with at least 43 states anticipating deficits for fiscal year 2012. The recent economic recession has led to lower income and sales taxes from both individuals and corporations, reducing overall tax revenues and leading to large budget deficits at the state government level. While many states have received federal aid, most have cut services and increased taxes to help close the budget shortfall and have evaluated outsourcing at least some aspect of delinquent tax recovery.

 

52


Table of Contents

Federal Agency Market

The federal agency market consists of government debt subrogated to the Department of the Treasury by numerous different federal agencies, comprising a mix of commercial and individual obligations and a diverse range of receivables. These debts are managed by the Department of Financial Management Service, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury, or FMS. Since 1996, the FMS has recovered more than $54 billion in delinquent federal debt. For the year ended September 30, 2011, federal agency recoveries in this market totaled more than $6.2 billion, an increase of more than $700 million over 2010. A significant portion of these collections are processed by private collection firms on behalf of the FMS.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our business is difficult to replicate, as it incorporates a combination of several important and differentiated elements, including:

 

   

Scalable and flexible technology-enabled services platform.   We have built a proprietary technology platform that is highly flexible, intuitive and easy to use for our recovery and claims specialists. Our platform is easily configurable and deployable across multiple markets and processes. For example, we have successfully extended our platform from the student loan market to the state tax, federal treasury receivables and the healthcare recovery markets, each having its own industry complexities and specific regulations.

 

   

Advanced, technology-enabled workflow processes.   Our technology-enabled workflow processes, developed over many years of operational experience in recovery services, disaggregate otherwise complex recovery processes into a series of simple, efficient and consistent steps that are easily configurable and applicable to different types of recovery-related applications. We believe our workflow software is highly intuitive and helps our recovery and claims specialists manage each step of the recovery process, while automating a series of otherwise manually-intensive and document-intensive steps in the recovery process. We believe our streamlined workflow technology drives higher efficiencies in our operations, as illustrated by our ability to generate in excess of $130,000 of revenues per employee during 2011, based on the average number of employees during the year. We believe our streamlined workflow technology also improves recovery results relative to more labor-intensive outsourcing models.

 

   

Enhanced data and analytics capabilities.   Our data and analytics capabilities allow us to achieve strong recovery rates for our clients. We have collected recovery-related data for over two decades, which we combine with large volumes of client and third-party data to effectively analyze our clients’ delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments. We have also developed a number of analytics tools that we use to score our clients’ recovery inventory, determine the optimal recovery process and allocation of resources, and achieve higher levels of recovery results for our clients. In addition, we utilize analytics tools to continuously measure and test our recovery workflow processes to drive refinements and further enhance the quality and effectiveness of our capabilities. Finally, through a recent strategic investment, we have acquired enhanced data analytics capabilities, which we refer to as Performant Insight. We believe this investment will allow us to expand our capabilities into several new areas including the detection of fraud, waste and abuse in various markets.

 

   

Long-standing client relationships.   We believe our long-standing focus on achieving superior recovery performance for our clients and the significant value our clients derive from this focus have helped us achieve long-tenured client relationships, strong contract retention and better access to new clients and future growth opportunities. We have business relationships with 13 of the 33 public sector participants in the student loan market and these relationships average more than 11 years in length, including an approximate 22-year relationship with the Department of Education. In the healthcare market, we have a seven-year relationship with CMS and are currently one of only four prime Medicare RAC contractors.

 

53


Table of Contents
   

Extensive domain expertise in complex and regulated markets.   We have extensive experience and domain expertise in providing recovery services for government and private institutions that generally operate in complex and regulated markets. We have demonstrated our ability to develop domain expertise in new markets such as healthcare and state tax and federal Treasury receivables. We believe we have the necessary organizational experience to understand and adapt to evolving public policy and how it shapes the regulatory environment and objectives of our clients. We believe this helps us identify and anticipate growth opportunities. For example, we successfully identified government healthcare as a potential growth opportunity that has thus far led to the award of three contracts to us by CMS. Together with our flexible technology platform, we have the ability to adapt our business strategy, to allocate resources and to respond to changes in our regulatory environment to capitalize on new growth opportunities.

 

   

Proven and experienced management team .   Our management team has significant industry experience and has demonstrated strong execution capabilities. Our senior management team, led by Lisa Im, has been with us for an average of approximately 11 years. This team has successfully grown our revenue base and service offerings beyond the original student loan market into healthcare and delinquent state tax and private financial institutions receivables. Our management team’s industry experience, combined with deep and specialized understanding of complex and highly regulated industries, has enabled us to maintain long-standing client relationships and strong financial results.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include the following:

 

   

Expand our student loan recovery volume.   According to the Department of Education, total government-supported student loan originations were approximately $109 billion in 2011, and have grown at a 12% compound annual growth rate from 2002 through 2011. The balance of defaulted government-supported student loans was estimated to be approximately $60 billion as of December 31, 2011. While we have long-standing relationships with some of the largest participants in the government-supported student loan market, we believe there are significant opportunities within this growing market to increase the volume of student loans placed with us by existing and new clients. For example, under our contract with the Department of Education, we believe there is an opportunity to grow our placement volume through strong performance. Further, as a result of our relationships with five of the seven largest GAs, we believe we are well-positioned to benefit as a result of any consolidation of smaller GAs over the coming years.

 

   

Expand our recovery services in the healthcare market.   According to CMS’ National Health Expenditures Survey, Medicare spending totaled approximately $525 billion in 2010 and is expected to increase to $922 billion in 2020, representing a compound annual growth rate of 6%. In the private healthcare market, spending totaled $1.4 trillion in 2010 and is expected to grow more than 6% annually through 2020, according to CMS’ National Health Expenditures survey. As these large markets continue to grow, we expect the need for recovery services to increase in the public and private healthcare markets. In the public healthcare space, we intend to utilize the experience gained through our contracts with CMS to pursue additional recovery opportunities in areas such as Medicare Secondary Payor Recovery and state Medicaid recovery. In addition, through our recently enhanced analytics capabilities, we intend to pursue opportunities to find and eliminate losses prior to payment for healthcare services including the detection of fraud, waste and abuse in the public and private healthcare markets.

 

   

Pursue strategic alliances and acquisitions.   We intend to selectively consider opportunities to grow through strategic alliances or acquisitions that are complementary to our business. These opportunities may enhance our existing capability or enable us to enter new markets or provide new products or services, such as our licensing of new applied data modeling analytics capabilities that can be used to identify fraudulent or erroneous healthcare claims prior to payment.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our Platform

Our technology-enabled services platform is based on over two decades of experience in recovering large amounts of funds on behalf of our clients across several markets. The components of our platform include our data management expertise, analytics capabilities and technology-based workflow processes. Our platform integrates these components to allow us to achieve optimized outcomes for our clients in the form of increased efficiency and productivity and high recovery rates. Our platform and workflow processes are also intuitive and easy to use for our recovery and claims specialists and allow us to increase our employee retention and productivity.

The components of our platform include the following:

Data Management Expertise

Our platform manages and stores large amounts of data throughout the workflow process. This includes both proprietary data we have compiled over two decades as well as third-party data which we can integrate efficiently and in real-time to reduce errors, reduce cycle time processing and, ultimately, improve recovery rates. The strength of our data management expertise augments our analytics capabilities and provides our recovery and claims specialists with powerful workflow processes.

Data Analytics Capabilities

Our data analytics capabilities efficiently screen and allocate massive volumes of recovery inventory. For example, upon receipt of each placement of student loans, we utilize our proprietary algorithms to assist us in determining the most efficient recovery process and the optimal allocation of recovery specialist resources for each loan. In the healthcare market, we analyze millions of Medicare claims to find potential correlations between claims data and improper payments, which enhance our future recovery rates. Across all of our current markets, we utilize our proprietary analytics tools to continuously and rigorously test our workflow processes in real-time to drive greater process efficiency and improvement in recovery rates.

Furthermore, we believe our enhanced analytics capabilities will extend our potential markets, permitting us to pursue significant new business opportunities. We intend to accelerate the use of our data analytics capabilities in the healthcare sector to offer a variety of services from post and pre-payment audit of healthcare claims in both the public and private healthcare sector, to detection of fraud, waste and abuse of healthcare claims, to coordination of benefits and pharmacy fraud detection.

Workflow Processes

Over many years, we have developed and refined our recovery workflow processes, which we believe drive higher efficiency and productivity and reduce our reliance on labor-intensive methods relative to more traditional recovery outsourcing models. We refer to the patented technology that supports our proprietary workflows as “Smart Bins.” Smart Bins disaggregate otherwise complex recovery processes into a series of simple, efficient and consistent steps that are easily configurable and applicable to different types of recovery-related applications. Our workflow processes integrate a broad range of functions that encompass each stage of a recovery process.

Smart Bins have been designed to be highly intuitive and help our recovery and claims specialists manage each step in the recovery process and enhance their productivity to high levels, regardless of skill differences among specialists. Smart Bins direct specialists toward the most efficient and effective action, or step with respect to the management and recovery of a defaulted student loan, with some input by specialists. Our technology places expert system rules into the workflow engine, allowing employees at different skill levels to manage the more complex work steps that highly experienced workers would perform, while automating document management and compliance functionality as industry regulations and compliance demands change.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following recovery diagram illustrates how the various components of our platform work together to solve a typical client workflow:

 

LOGO

 

56


Table of Contents

Our Services

We use our technology-enabled services platform to provide recovery and analytics services in a broad range of markets for the identification and recovery of student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. The table below summarizes our recovery services and related analytics capabilities and the markets we serve.

 

Recovery Services

 

 

Analytics
Capabilities

 

Student Loans   Healthcare   Other Markets    

 

 

• Provide recovery services to the Department of Education, GAs and private institutions

 

• Identify and track defaulted borrowers across our clients’ portfolios of student loans

 

• Utilize our proprietary technology, our history of borrower data and our analytics capabilities to rehabilitate and recover past due student loans

 

• Earn contingent, success-based fees calculated as a percentage of funds that we enable our clients to recover

 

• Provide recovery services to identify improper healthcare payments

 

• Analyze millions of Medicare Parts A and B claims as the prime contractor for recovery services for improper payments in the Northeast region of the United States

 

• Identify improper payments typically resulting from incorrect coding, procedures that were not medically necessary, incomplete documentation or claims submitted based on outdated fee schedules

 

• Earn contingent, success-based fees based on a percentage of claim amounts recovered

 

• Provide tax recovery services to state and municipal agencies

 

• Recover government debt for numerous different federal agencies under a contract with the Treasury

 

• Enable financial institutions to proactively manage loan portfolios and reduce the incidence of defaulted loan assets

 

• Earn contingent, success-based fees calculated as a percentage of the amounts recovered, fees based on dedicated headcount and hosted technology licensing fees

 

• Provide claims audit, pharmacy management and coordination of benefits functions for one of the nation’s largest health care organizations

 

• We intend to accelerate the use of our recently acquired enhanced data analytics capabilities, which we refer to as Performant Insight, to offer a variety of services from post- and pre-payment audit of healthcare claims to detection of fraud, waste and abuse of healthcare claims, to coordination of benefits and pharmacy fraud detection

Recovery Services

Student Loans

We provide recovery services primarily to the government-supported student loan industry, and our clients include the Department of Education and several of the largest GAs, as well as private financial institutions. We use our proprietary technology to identify, track and communicate with defaulted borrowers on behalf of our clients to implement suitable recovery programs for the repayment of outstanding student loan balances.

Our clients contract with us to provide recovery services for large pools of student loans generally representing a portion of the total outstanding defaulted balances they manage, which they provide to us as “placements” on a periodic basis. Generally, the volume of placements that we receive from our clients is influenced by our performance under our contracts and our ability to recover funds from defaulted student loans,

 

57


Table of Contents

as measured against the performance of competitors who may service a similar pool of defaulted loans for the same client. To the extent we perform well under our existing contracts and differentiate our services from those of our competitors, we may receive a relatively greater number of student loan placements under these contracts and may improve our ability to obtain future contracts from these clients and other potential clients.

We believe the size and the composition of our student loan inventory at any point provides us with significant degree of revenue visibility for our student loan revenues. We use algorithms derived from over two decades of experience with defaulted student loans to make reasonably accurate estimates of the recovery outcomes likely to be derived from a placement of defaulted student loans.

We also restructure and recover student loans issued directly by banks to students outside of federal lending programs. These types of loans typically supplement government-supported student loans to meet any shortfall in supply of student loan needs that cannot be met by grants or federal loans. Unlike government-supported student loans, private student loans do not have capped interest rates and, accordingly, involve higher instances of default relative to federally-backed student loans.

Healthcare

We provide recovery services related to improper payments in the healthcare market. In 2009 we were awarded the role as one of four prime RAC contractors in the United States, with exclusive responsibility for the Northeast region. Under our RAC contract, we identify and facilitate the recovery of improper Parts A and B Medicare payments. Our geographical region accounted for approximately 23% of all Medicare spending in 2009 according to CMS. Our relationship with CMS began in 2005 with an initial demonstration contract to recover improper payments for Medicare Secondary Payor claims.

We utilize our technology-enabled services platform to screen Medicare claims against several criteria, including coding procedures and medical necessity standards, to determine whether a claim should be further investigated for recoupment or adjustment by CMS. We conduct automated and, where appropriate, detailed medical necessity reviews. If we determine that the likelihood of finding potential improper payment warrants further investigation, we request and review healthcare provider medical records related to the claim, utilizing experts in Medicare coding and registered nurses. We interact and communicate with healthcare providers and other administrative entities, and ultimately submit the claim to CMS for correction.

To accelerate our ability to provide Medicare audit and recovery services across our region following our award of the RAC contract, we outsource certain aspects of our healthcare recovery process to three different subcontractors. Two of these subcontractors provide a specific service to us in connection with our claims recovery process, and one subcontractor is engaged to provide all of the audit and recovery services for claims within a portion of our region. According to CMS, the geographic area allocated to this subcontractor represented approximately 17% of the total Medicare spending in our region in 2009.

Other Markets

We also provide recovery services to several state and municipal tax authorities, the Department of the Treasury and a number of financial institutions.

For state and municipal tax authorities, we analyze a portfolio of delinquent tax and other receivables placed with us, develop a recovery plan and execute a recovery process designed to maximize the recovery of funds. In some instances, we have also run state tax amnesty programs, which provide one-time relief for delinquent tax obligations, and other debtor management services for our clients. We currently have relationships with ten state and municipal governments. Delinquent obligations are placed with us by our clients and we utilize a process that is similar to the student loan recovery process for recovering these obligations.

For the Department of the Treasury, we recover government debt subrogated to it by numerous different federal agencies. The placements we are provided represent a mix of commercial and individual obligations. We are one of four contractors for the most recent Treasury contract.

 

58


Table of Contents

We also provide risk management advisory services that enable these clients to proactively manage loan portfolios and reduce the incidence of defaulted loan assets over time. Our experience suggests that proactive default prevention practices produce significant net yield and earnings gains for our clients. We deliver these services in two forms. First, we contact and consult with borrowers to implement a repayment program, including payment through automatic debit arrangements, prior to the beginning of the repayment period in order to increase the likelihood that payments begin on time. Second, we offer a service that involves contacting delinquent borrowers in an effort to cure the delinquency prior to the loan entering default.

Analytics Capabilities

For several years, we have leveraged our data analytics tools to help filter, identify and recover delinquent and defaulted assets and improper payments as part of our core recovery services platform. Recently, through a strategic investment, we acquired enhanced data analytics capabilities, which we refer to as Performant Insight. Performant Insight adds new capabilities in data warehousing and data processing tools that accelerate our ability to review, aggregate, and synthesize very large volumes of structured and unstructured data, at high speeds, from the initial intake of disparate data sources, to the warehousing of the data, to the analysis and reporting of the data. We believe we have built a differentiated, next-generation “end-to-end” data processing solution that will maximize value for current and future customers.

Performant Insight provides numerous benefits for our recovery services platform. Performant Insight has not only enhanced our existing recovery services under our RAC contract by analyzing significantly higher volumes of healthcare claims at faster rates and reducing our cycle time to review and assess healthcare claims, but has also enabled us to develop improved and more sophisticated business intelligence rules that can be applied to our audit processes. We believe our enhanced analytics capabilities will extend our potential markets, permitting us to pursue significant new business opportunities. We intend to accelerate the use of our data analytics capabilities in the healthcare sector to offer a variety of services from post and pre-payment audit of healthcare claims in both the public and private healthcare sector, to detection of fraud, waste and abuse of healthcare claims, to coordination of benefits and pharmacy fraud detection.

While our revenues from analytics services are limited to date, we believe these services represent a meaningful future opportunity. We currently offer analytics services to one of the largest national healthcare organizations where our analytics services provide real-time financial and operational cost analyses to help support a broad range of compliance and fiscal management functions across the organization, including claims audit, pharmacy management and coordination of benefits. In addition, we are developing strategies to deploy these services in markets other than healthcare.

Our Clients

We provide our services across a broad range of government and private clients in several markets.

Department of Education

We have provided student loan recovery services to the Department of Education for approximately 22 years. We restructure and recover defaulted student loans distributed directly by the Department of Education as part of the FDSLP. Due to its limited resources and recovery capabilities, the Department of Education outsources much of its defaulted student loan portfolio to third-party vendors for recovery. Recovery fees are entirely contingency-based, and our fee for a particular recovery depends on the type of recovery facilitated. We also receive incremental performance incentives based upon our performance as compared to other contractors with the Department of Education, which are comprised of additional inventory allocation volumes and incentive fees. To participate in the Department of Education contracts, firms must follow a highly competitive selection process. For the latest Department of Education contract, the fourth major contract the Department of Education has outsourced to selected vendors, we were selected as one of 17 unrestricted vendors and initiated work on this contract in the fourth quarter of 2009. Because all federally-supported student loans are being originated by the Department of Education as a result of SAFRA, our relationship with the Department of Education will become

 

59


Table of Contents

increasingly more important over time. The Department of Education was responsible for approximately 11% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Guaranty Agencies

We restructure and recover defaulted student loans issued by private lenders and backed by GAs under the FFELP. Despite the transition from FFELP to FDSLP, we believe GA default volumes will continue to rise for several years as there is a lag between originations and defaults of at least three to four years. When a borrower stops making regular payments on a FFELP loan, the GA is obligated to reimburse the lender approximately 97% of the loan’s principle and accrued interest. GAs then seek to recover and restructure these obligations. The GAs with which we contract generally structure one to three-year initial term contracts with multiple renewal periods, and the fees that we receive are generally similar to the fees we receive from the Department of Education contract. For some GA clients, we provide services through MSAs, under which we manage a GA’s entire portfolio of defaulted student loans and, for certain clients, engage subcontractors to provide a portion of the recovery services associated with a GA’s student loan portfolio.

We have a relationship with 12 of the 32 active GAs in the U.S., including American Student Assistance Corporation, Great Lakes Higher Education Guaranty Corporation and American Education Services, each of which was responsible for 19%, 18% and 13%, respectively, of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our relationships with each of our five largest GA clients, two of which are MSA clients, average 16 years.

CMS

We have a seven-year relationship with CMS. Under our RAC contract with CMS awarded in 2009, we identify and facilitate the recovery of improper Parts A and B Medicare payments in the Northeast region of the United States and which accounted for approximately 13% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 and increased to approximately 26% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The fees that we receive for identifying these improper payments from CMS are entirely contingency-based, and the contingency-fee percentage depends on the methods of recovery, and, in some cases, the type of improper payment that we identify.

U.S. Department of the Treasury

We have assisted the Department of the Treasury for 15 years in the recovery of delinquent receivables owed to a number of different federal agencies. The debt obligations we help to recover on behalf of the Department of the Treasury include commercial and individual debt obligations. We are one of the four firms servicing the current Department of the Treasury contract. Similar to our other recovery contracts, our fees under this contract are contingency-based. We view this as an important strategic relationship, as it provides us valuable insight into other business opportunities within the federal government.

State Tax and Municipal Agencies

We provide outsourced recovery services for individuals’ delinquent state tax and other municipal obligations on a hosted model and under MSAs. We currently have relationships with ten state and municipal governments.

Private Lenders

We provide recovery services for private student loans, that supplement federally guaranteed loans, and home mortgages to private lenders.

Sales and Marketing

Our new business opportunities have historically been driven largely by referrals and natural extensions of our existing client relationships, as well as a targeted outreach by senior management. Our sales cycles are often lengthy, and demand high levels of attention from our senior management. At any point in time, we are

 

60


Table of Contents

typically focused on a limited number of potentially significant new business opportunities. As a result, to date, we have operated with a small staff of experienced individuals with responsibility for developing new sales, relying heavily upon our executive staff, including a Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing and a sales team covering various markets. We expect to increase the size of our sales and marketing staff as we continue to grow our business.

Technology Operations

Our technology center is based in Livermore, California, with a redundant capacity in our Grants Pass, Oregon office. Additionally, Performant Insight, our new data analytics business, is supported by staff in Miami Lakes, Florida. We have designed our infrastructure for scalability and redundancy, which allows us to continue to operate in the event of an outage at either datacenter. We maintain an information systems environment with advanced network security intrusion detection and prevention with 24x7 monitoring and security incident response capabilities. We utilize encryption technologies to protect sensitive data on our systems, all data during transmission and all data on redundancy or backup media. We also maintain a comprehensive enterprise-wide information security system based upon recognized standards, including the NIST800 53 and ISO 27002 Code of Practice for Information Security Program Management, to uphold high security standards needed for the protection of sensitive information. In addition, we hold SAEE 16 – SOC 1 Type II certification, which provides assurance to auditors of third parties that we maintain the necessary controls and procedures to effectively manage third-party data.

Competition

We face significant competition in all aspects of our business.

In recovery services for delinquent and defaulted assets, we face competition from a number of companies. Holders of these delinquent and defaulted assets typically engage several firms simultaneously to provide recovery services on different portions of their portfolios. The number of recovery firms engaged varies by client. For example, we are one of 17 unrestricted providers of recovery services on the current Department of Education contract, while some of the GAs may only engage a few recovery vendors at any time. Initially, we compete to be one of the retained firms in a competitive bidding process and, if we are successful, we then face continuing competition from the client’s other retained firms based on the client’s benchmarking of the recovery performance of its several vendors. Clients such as the Department of Education typically will allocate additional placements to those recovery vendors producing the highest recovery rates. We believe that we primarily compete on the basis of recovery rate performance, as well as maintenance of high standards of recovery practices and data security capabilities. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to most of these factors as evidenced by our long-standing relationships with our clients in these markets. Pricing is not usually a major competitive factor as all recovery services vendors in these markets typically receive the same contingency-based fee rate.

In the recovery of improper healthcare payments, we faced a highly competitive process, involving a large number of bidders, to become one of the four prime RAC contractors in the United States. In connection with the renewal of this contract, which expires in 2014, we expect that our competition will include the other three RAC service providers: Health Management Systems, Inc., Connolly Consulting, Inc. and CGI Group. We also may face competition from the subcontractors of the current prime RAC contractors, who may seek to use their experience as subcontractors to become prime contractors, and a variety of healthcare consulting and healthcare information services companies are potential competitors. Some of these potential competitors for the second RAC contract may have greater financial and other resources than we do. We believe that the competitive factors in this market are demonstrated experience in effective recovery services, sufficient capacity to address claims volumes, maintenance of high standards of recovery practices, and recovery fee rates. We believe that our seven year relationship with CMS and our related experience in providing recovery services to identify improper payments allows us to compete favorably with respect to many of these factors. We expect that our performance in identifying claims, managing the claims processes under the current RAC contract, and established systems integration with CMS and related Medicare administrative contractors will also be key factors in determining our continued service to CMS.

 

61


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

The nature of our business requires that we adhere to a complex array of federal and state laws and regulations. These include HIPAA, the FDCPA, the FCRA, and related state laws. We are also governed by a variety of state laws that regulate the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and we have processes in place to assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data. Our compliance efforts include training of personnel and monitoring our systems and personnel.

HIPAA and Related State Laws

Our Medicare recovery business subjects us to compliance with HIPAA and various related state laws that contain substantial restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of an individual’s protected health information. HIPAA prohibits us from using or disclosing an individual’s protected health information unless the use or disclosure is authorized by the individual or is specifically required or permitted under HIPAA. Under HIPAA, we must establish administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information maintained or transmitted by us or by others on our behalf. We are required to notify affected individuals and government authorities of data security breaches involving unsecured protected health information. The Department of Health and Human Services Office of Civil Rights enforces HIPAA privacy violations; CMS enforces HIPAA security violations and the Department of Justice enforces criminal violations of HIPAA. We are subject to statutory penalties for violations of HIPAA.

Most states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect against the unauthorized disclosure of confidential medical information, and many states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards and data security breach notification requirements. These state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are not preempted by the federal requirements, and we must comply with them even though they may be subject to different interpretations by various courts and other governmental authorities. In addition, numerous other state laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of individually identifiable health and healthcare provider information.

Our compliance efforts include the encryption of protected health information that we hold and the development of procedures to detect, investigate and provide appropriate notification if protected health information is compromised. Our employees and contractors receive initial and periodic supplemental training and are tested to ensure compliance. As part of our certification and accreditation process, we must undergo audits by federal agencies as noted below. CMS regularly audits us for, among other items, compliance with their security standards.

Privacy Act of 1974

The Privacy Act of 1974 governs the collection, use, storage, destruction and disclosure of personal information about individuals by a government agency and extends to government contractors who have access to agency records performing services for government agencies. The Act requires maintenance of a code of conduct for employees with access to the agency records addressing the obligations under the Privacy Act, training of employees and discipline procedures for noncompliance. The Act also requires adopting and maintaining appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to insure the security and confidentiality of records and to protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to their security or integrity.

As a contractor to federal government agencies we are required to comply with the Privacy Act of 1974. Our compliance effort includes initial and ongoing training of employees and contractors in their obligations under the Act. In addition we have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards and processes intended to protect all personal data consistent with or exceeding our obligations under the Privacy Act.

 

62


Table of Contents

Certification, Accreditation and Security

Business services that collect, store, transmit or process information for United States government agencies and organizations are required to undergo a rigorous certification and accreditation process to ensure that they operate at an acceptable level of security risk. As a government contractor, we currently have Authority to Operate, or ATO, licenses from both the Department of Education and CMS.

We maintain a comprehensive enterprise-wide information security system based upon recognized standards, including the NIST800 53 and ISO 27002 Code of Practice for Information Security Program Management, to uphold high security standards needed for the protection of sensitive information. In addition, we hold SAEE 16 – SOC 1 Type II certification, which provides assurance to auditors of third parties that we maintain the necessary controls and procedures to effectively manage third party data. We undergo an independent audit by our government agency clients on the award of the contract and periodically thereafter. We also conduct periodic self-assessments.

Our regulatory compliance group is charged with the responsibility of ensuring our regulatory compliance and security. All our facilities have security perimeter controls with segregated access by security clearance level. The information systems environment maintains advanced network security intrusion detection and prevention with 24x7 monitoring and security incident response capabilities. We utilize encryption technologies to protect sensitive data on our systems, all data during transmission and all data on redundancy or backup media. Employees undergo background and security checks appropriate to their position. This can include security clearances by the Federal Bureau of Investigation. We also maintain compliant disaster recovery and business continuity plans, conduct an annually two table top disaster exercises, conduct routine security risk assessments and maintain a continuous improvement process as part of our security risk mitigation and management activity.

FDCPA and Related State Laws

The FDCPA regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be owed to another person. Certain of our debt recovery and loan restructuring activities may be subject to the FDCPA. The FDCPA establishes specific guidelines and procedures that debt recovery firms must follow in communicating with consumer debtors, including the time, place and manner of such communications. Further, it prohibits harassment or abuse by debt recovery firms, including the threat of violence or criminal prosecution, obscene language or repeated telephone calls made with the intent to abuse or harass. The FDCPA also places restrictions on communications with individuals other than consumer debtors in connection with the collection of any consumer debt and sets forth specific procedures to be followed when communicating with such third parties for purposes of obtaining location information about the consumer. In addition, the FDCPA contains various notice and disclosure requirements and prohibits unfair or misleading representations by debt recovery firms. Finally, the FDCPA imposes certain limitations on lawsuits to collect debts against consumers.

Debt recovery activities are also regulated at state level. Most states have laws regulating debt recovery activities in ways that are similar to, and in some cases more stringent than, the FDCPA. In addition, some states require debt recovery firms to be licensed.

Our compliance efforts include written procedures for compliance with the FDCPA and related state laws, employee training and monitoring, auditing client calls, periodic review, testing and retraining of employees, and procedures for responding to client complaints. In all states where we operate, we believe that we currently hold all required state licenses or are exempt from licensing. Violations of the FDCPA may be enforced by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, or by a private action by an individual or class. Violations of the FDCPA are deemed to be an unfair or deceptive act under the Federal Trade Commission Act, which can be punished by fines for each violation. Class action damages can total up to one percent of the net worth of the entity violating the statute. Attorney fees and costs are also recoverable. In the ordinary course of business we are sued for alleged violations of the FDCPA and comparable state laws, although the amounts involved in the disposition of settlement of any such claims have not been significant.

 

63


Table of Contents

FCRA

We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which regulates consumer credit reporting and which may impose liability on us to the extent that the adverse credit information reported on a consumer to a credit bureau is false or inaccurate. State law, to the extent it is not preempted by the FCRA, may also impose restrictions or liability on us with respect to reporting adverse credit information. Our compliance efforts include initial and ongoing training of employees working with consumer credit reports, monitoring of performance, and periodic review and risk assessments. Violations of FCRA, which are deemed to be unfair or deceptive acts under the Federal Trade Commission Act, are enforced by the FTC or by a private action by an individual or class. Civil actions by consumers may seek damages per violation, with punitive damages, attorneys fees and costs also recoverable. Under the Federal Trade Commissions Act, penalties for engaging in unfair or deceptive acts can be punished by fines for each violation.

State Law Compliance and Security Breach Response

Many states impose an obligation on any entity that holds personally identifiable information or health information to adopt appropriate security to protect such data against unauthorized access, misuse, destruction, or modification. Many states have enacted laws requiring holders of personal information to take certain actions in response to data breach incidents, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and government authorities. In many cases, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or considering stricter and broader requirements. Massachusetts has enacted a regulation that requires any entity that holds, transmits or collects certain personal information about its residents to adopt a written data security plan meeting the requirements set forth in the statute. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security incidents. We have adopted a system security plan and security breach incident response plans to address our compliance with these laws.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is a significant component of our business, most notably the intellectual property underlying our proprietary technology-enabled services platform through which we provide our defaulted asset recovery and other services. To protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, trademarks and copyrights. We also utilize customary confidentiality and other contractual protections, including employee and third-party confidentiality and invention assignment agreements.

As of March 31, 2012, we have two U.S. patents, both covering aspects of the workflow management systems and methods incorporated into our technology-enabled services platform. These patents will expire in December 2019. We routinely assess appropriate occasions for seeking additional patent protection for those aspects of our platform and other technologies that we believe may provide competitive advantages to our business. We also rely on certain unpatented proprietary expertise and other know-how, licensed and acquired third-party technologies, and continuous improvements and other developments of our various technologies, all intended to maintain our leadership position in the industry.

As of March 31, 2012, we own four trademarks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark office: Performant, DCS, Looking Out For Your Future, and VFI. We are in the process of registering additional trademarks supporting our business, and we claim common law trademark rights in numerous additional trademarks.

We have registered copyrights covering various copyrighted material relevant to our business. We also have unregistered copyrights in many components of our software systems. We may not be able to use these unregistered copyrights to prevent misappropriation of such content by unauthorized parties in the future; however, we rely on our extensive information technology security measures and contractual arrangements with employees and third-party contractors to minimize the opportunities for any such misuse of this content.

 

64


Table of Contents

We are not subject to any material intellectual property claims alleging that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party, nor have we asserted any material intellectual property infringement claim against any third party.

Employees

As of March 31, 2012 we had approximately 1,300 full-time employees. None of our employees are members of a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

As of March 31, 2012, we operate five separate office locations throughout the United States. The largest of these facilities is in Livermore, California and serves as our corporate headquarters, as well as a data center and production location. Our Livermore facility represents approximately 50,291 square feet and has a lease expiration of September, 2017. We also lease production centers in California, Oregon and Texas and own a production/data center in Oregon. In addition, we intend to enter into a lease for an additional facility in Miami Lakes, Florida.

We believe that our facilities are adequate for current operations and that additional space will be available as required. See note (5) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding our lease obligations.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various legal proceedings that arise from our normal business operations. These actions generally derive from our student loan recovery services, and generally assert claims for violations of the Fair Credit Reporting Act or similar federal and state consumer credit laws. While litigation is inherently unpredictable, we believe that none of these legal proceedings, individually or collectively, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or our results of operations.

 

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions as of March 31, 2012 are as set forth below:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Lisa C. Im

     47       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Dr. Jon D. Shaver

     61       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Harold T. Leach, Jr.

     54       Chief Operating Officer

Hakan L. Orvell

     54       Chief Financial Officer

John Y. Paik

     43       Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing

Bruce L. Calvin

     62       Senior Vice President of Corporate Services

Todd R. Ford (1)

     45       Director

Brian P. Golson

     41       Director

William D. Hansen (1)

     53       Director

William C. Kessinger

     45       Director

Jeffrey S. Stein (1)

     47       Director

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.

Executive Officers

Lisa C. Im has served as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2004 and as a member of our board of directors since January 2004. From 2002 to 2004, she was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of our predecessor before the acquisition by Parthenon Capital Partners. Prior to that, Ms. Im was at Bestfoods Corporation, a food products manufacturer, from 1996 to 2002 with a body of experience including general management as well as executive financial positions for various regions of Bestfoods Corporation. Ms. Im received a Bachelor of Business Administration in Marketing from Loma Linda University, and a Masters in Business Administration, Finance from California State University, East Bay. Ms. Im’s experiences and perspectives as our Chief Executive Officer led to the conclusion that she should serve as a member of our board of directors.

Dr. Jon D. Shaver has been Chairman of our board of directors and a director since June 2007. Since 2004, he has served in various board and executive roles in Performant and its subsidiaries. From 2000 to 2004, he was chief operating officer of our predecessor before the acquisition by Parthenon Capital Partners. He was senior executive vice president of Great Lakes Higher Education Corporation from 1999 to 2000, was chief executive officer of EdFund from 1997 to 1999 while also serving as executive director of the California Student Aid Commission from 1995 through 1998. Dr. Shaver received and Associate’s degree from Monroe Community College, Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees from the State University of New York at Brockport, a Doctor of Education degree from the University of California, Los Angeles, and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from Pepperdine University. Dr. Shaver’s role as our Chairman benefits from his extensive expertise in educational finance, public policy development in education finance, tax policy, healthcare payment integrity, and federal and state government relations, and led to the conclusion the he should serve as a member of our board of directors. He is a board leadership fellow of the National Association of Corporate Directors.

Harold T. Leach, Jr. has served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company and our predecessor since May 1982. In this role, Mr. Leach was a key participant in the development of our recovery processes. He also serves as a director of each of our subsidiary corporations. Mr. Leach is responsible for operational strategy, production, and technology across all of our businesses. During his tenure, Mr. Leach led the development of our proprietary technology platform and has served as subject matter expert on key Congressional initiatives related

 

66


Table of Contents

to improving the efficacy of government debt management. Mr. Leach also led the development and implementation of our audit and recovery technology operations.

Hakan L. Orvell has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2006. He is responsible for the company’s corporate finance, accounting, financial planning and analysis. Mr. Orvell has over 20 years of experience from various industries and previous experience includes service as chief financial officer of Neopost, Inc., a manufacturer of office equipment. He has also held various financial leadership positions with Corporate Express (currently known as Staples), a large business-to-business distributor of office and computer products, including vice president and controller in both a division and regional capacity. He received his Certified Public Accountant accreditation in Illinois and received an MBA from the University of Stockholm.

John Y. Paik has been our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing since November 2011. From November 2007 to November 2011, Mr. Paik held various leadership positions at Pfizer Inc., including Vice President, Customer Marketing and Innovation across all global business units for account management and sales. Prior to that, Mr. Paik served in various capacities at Aetna, Inc. including vice president, head of strategic marketing and planning for national businesses and vice president, head of strategic marketing, national accounts from April 2004 to October 2007. Mr. Paik received his Bachelor’s degree in Biology from the University of Pennsylvania.

Bruce L. Calvin has served as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Services since August 2007 and also serves as our Compliance Officer. From April 2007 to August 2007, Mr. Calvin served as our Vice President of Human Resources. Mr. Calvin has over 30 years of administration and global business management experience. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Troy University and a J.D. from John F. Kennedy University School of Law.

Board of Directors

Todd R. Ford has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2011. Mr. Ford has served as the managing director of Broken Arrow Capital, a venture capital firm, since he founded the firm in July 2007. From December 2002 to May 2007, Mr. Ford held various leadership positions at Rackable Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of server and storage products for large-scale data center deployments that subsequently changed its name to Silicon Graphics International Corp., including president and chief financial officer. Mr. Ford received a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Santa Clara University. Mr. Ford’s executive experience with public companies, as well as his expertise in growing technology companies, provides valuable insight for the members of our board of directors.

Brian P. Golson has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2008. Since February 2002, Mr. Golson has served as the managing partner of Parthenon Capital Partners. Mr. Golson received a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. Golson’s investment experience provides valuable insight for the members of our board of directors.

William D. Hansen has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2011. Since July 2011, Mr. Hansen has served as the chief executive officer of Madison Education Group, LLC, an education-related consulting firm. From July 2009 to December 2010, he served as the president of Scantron Corporation, a provider of assessment and survey solutions. Mr. Hansen also served as the chairman of Scantron Corporation from September 2010 to July 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Hansen held various leadership positions at Chartwell Education Group, LLC, an education-related consulting firm, from July 2005 to July 2009, including chief executive officer and senior managing director. Mr. Hansen served as the Deputy Secretary at the United States Department of Education from May 2001 to July 2003. Mr. Hansen also serves on the board of directors of First Marblehead Corporation, a student loan company. Mr. Hansen received a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from George Mason University. Mr. Hansen’s extensive experience in the education market provides valuable insight for the members of our board of directors.

William C. Kessinger has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Since October 2001, Mr. Kessigner has served as the managing partner, chief investment officer, of Parthenon Capital

 

67


Table of Contents

Partners. He has concurrently served as the managing partner of Vformation LLC, a venture capital fund, since June 2009. He received Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees in industrial engineering from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard University. Mr. Kessinger’s investment experience provides valuable insight for the members of our board of directors.

Jeffrey S. Stein has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2004. Since September 2002, Mr. Stein has served as the Executive in Residence at Parthenon Capital Partners. Mr. Stein received a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Boston College Carroll School of Management. Mr. Stein’s financial and accounting expertise provides valuable insight for the members of our board of directors.

Board Composition

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board shall consist of not fewer than five and not more than fifteen directors as the board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors will initially consist of seven directors. The authorized number of directors may be changed by resolution of our board of directors. Vacancies on our board of directors can be filled by resolution of our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered, three-year terms:

 

   

Our Class I directors will be Todd R. Ford and Brian P. Golson and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus;

 

   

Our Class II directors will be Jon D. Shaver and William D. Hansen and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

Our Class III directors will be Lisa C. Im, Jeffrey S. Stein and William C. Kessinger and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus.

As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms.

We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the NASDAQ exchange rules which exempts us from certain requirements, including the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and that we have compensation and nominating and governance committees composed entirely of independent directors. We will, however, remain subject to the requirement that we have an audit committee of at least three members composed entirely of independent directors by the first anniversary of this offering.

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ford and Mr. Hansen are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ. Our board of directors has yet to assess the independence of our other non-management directors.

In July 2012, we entered into a Director Nomination Agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners that provides Parthenon Capital Partners the right to designate nominees for election to our board of directors for so long as Parthenon Capital Partners owns 10% or more of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. The number of nominees that Parthenon Capital Partners is entitled to designate under this agreement shall bear the same proportion to the total number of members of our board of directors as the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Parthenon Capital Partners bears to the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, rounded up to the nearest whole number. Parthenon Capital Partners shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our board of directors proportionate to its stock ownership, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. This agreement will terminate at such time as Parthenon Capital Partners owns less than 10% of our outstanding common stock.

Lead Director

Our board of directors has established certain corporate governance principles in connection with this offering. Our board of directors determined as part of our corporate governance principles that one of our

 

68


Table of Contents

independent directors should serve as a lead independent director, under the title of vice chairman, at any time when the title of chairman is held by an employee director. Our current chairman, Mr. Shaver, is not an independent director, and accordingly, our board of directors will appoint one of our independent directors as vice chairman. The person appointed vice chairman will, among other responsibilities, preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors and serve as a liaison between senior management and the independent directors.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Hansen, Ford and Stein. Mr. Ford serves as the chairperson of this committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ford is an audit committee financial expert, as defined by the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Pursuant to the phase-in provisions of NASDAQ and Rule 10A-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, our audit committee will be composed of three directors, of which two will be independent. Within one year following the effectiveness of the registration statement, our audit committee will have at least three members, all of whom will be independent.

After the completion of this offering, the audit committee will provide assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee will also oversee the audit efforts of our independent registered public accounting firm and will take those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the independent registered public accounting firm is independent of management.

Compensation Committee

After completion of this offering, the compensation committee will determine our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee will also review and determine bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee will review and determine equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and will administer our stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. The composition of this committee has yet to be determined. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemptions available under the NASDAQ rules, which exempt us from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

After completion of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board of directors concerning corporate governance matters. The composition of this committee has yet to be determined. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemptions available under the NASDAQ rules, which exempt us from the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors.

Role of Our Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, and our audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss our

 

69


Table of Contents

major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee will also have the responsibility to review with management the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken, monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and review with our independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for periodically evaluating the Company’s risk management policies and system in light of the material risks that the Company faces and the adequacy of the Company’s policies and procedures designed to address risk. Our compensation committee will assess and monitor whether any of our compensation policies and programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

Director Compensation

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by the Company to our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Messrs. Golson, Kessinger and Stein did not receive compensation paid by the Company for service as a director in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name    Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
     Option
Awards
(1)
    

Total

 

William D. Hansen

   $ 1,500       $ 113,546       $ 115,046   

Todd R. Ford

   $ 1,500       $ 106,889       $ 108,389   

 

 

(1)

Represents the grant date fair value of stock options granted under our 2007 Stock Option Plan in October and December of 2011, as computed in accordance with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation philosophy is to align executive compensation with the interests of our stockholders and therefore to financial objectives that our board of directors believes are primary determinants of long-term stockholder value. The primary goal of our executive compensation program is to ensure that we hire and retain talented and experienced executives who are motivated to achieve or exceed our short-term and long-term corporate goals. Our executive compensation programs are designed to reinforce a strong pay-for-performance orientation and to serve the following purposes:

 

   

to reward our named executive officers for sustained financial and operating performance and leadership excellence;

 

   

to align their interests with those of our stockholders; and

 

   

to encourage our named executive officer to remain with us for the long-term.

Elements of Compensation

Base Salary

We pay our named executive officers a base salary based on the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of each officer. We believe base salaries are an important element in our overall compensation program because base salaries provide a fixed element of compensation that reflects job responsibilities and value to us.

 

70


Table of Contents

Annual Incentive Plan

To date, our board of directors has not adopted a formal plan or set of formal guidelines with respect to annual incentive or bonus payments, and has rather relied on an annual assessment of the performance of our executives during the preceding year to make annual incentive and bonus determinations. In connection with our efforts to formalize our compensation practices, our board of directors intends to adopt an annual incentive plan to which our named executive officers will be eligible to participate. Our board of directors may retain the discretion to pay any amounts due under such incentive plan in cash or equity or a combination of both.

Long-Term Equity Compensation

To date, we have provided our named executive officers with long-term equity compensation through our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, 2004 Stock Option Plan and 2007 Stock Option Plan. In July 2012, we adopted a new equity incentive plan, our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, under which all future equity compensation to our named executive officers will be awarded. We believe that providing our named executive officers with an equity interest brings their interests in line with those of our stockholders and that including a vesting component to those equity interests encourages named executive officers to remain with us for the long-term.

Other Supplemental Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible for the following benefits on a similar basis as other eligible employees:

 

   

health, dental and vision insurance;

 

   

vacation, personal holidays and sick days;

 

   

life insurance and supplemental life insurance;

 

   

short-term and long-term disability; and

 

   

401(k) plan.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information concerning the total compensation of our named executive officers, or Named Executive Officers, for services rendered to us in all capacities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Name and Principal Position

  Salary     Bonus     Option
Awards
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Lisa C. Im

    $400,005        $128,000               $21,807 (1)        $549,812   

Chief Executive Officer and Director

         

Dr. Jon D. Shaver

    $325,014        $119,000               $27,758 (2)        $471,772   

Chairman of the Board of

Directors and Director

         

Harold T. Leach, Jr.

    $350,002        $120,000               $23,811 (3)        $493,813   

Chief Operating Officer

         

 

(1)

Includes payments for life insurance benefits ($3,807) and a vehicle allowance ($18,000).

(2)

Includes payments for life insurance benefits ($7,358) and a vehicle allowance ($20,400).

(3)

Includes payments for life insurance benefits ($3,411) and a vehicle allowance ($20,400).

Grants of plan-based awards

Our Named Executive Officers did not receive plan-based awards during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

71


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table presents certain plan information of equity awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2011:

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options –
Exercisable
   

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options –

  Unexercisable  

    

Exercise Price of

Options ($/share)  

     Expiration Date of
            Options             

Lisa C. Im

     356,250                0.500       01/08/2014
     131,250                0.500       01/25/2018
     55,616 (1)       15,384         0.500       01/25/2018
     110,000 ( 2 )       90,000         1.175       09/15/2019

Dr. Jon D. Shaver

     375,000                0.500       01/08/2014
     583,334 ( 2 )       116,669         0.500       10/17/2017

Harold T. Leach, Jr.

     233,334 ( 2 )       46,666         0.500       10/17/2017
     90,000 ( 2 )       110,000         1.175       09/15/2019

 

  (1)

The option award vests as to 1/24 th of the total number of shares subject to the option each month after the vesting commencement date.

  (2)

The option award vests as to 1/5 th of the total number of shares subject to the option 12 months after the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares vest at a rate of 1/60 th of the total number of shares subject to the option each month thereafter.

Employment Agreements

The section below describes the employment agreements that we have entered into with our Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of our board of directors, as well as the form of employment agreement that each of our other executive officers entered into.

Lisa C. Im

We entered into an employment agreement with Lisa C. Im, our Chief Executive Officer, on April 2, 2002, and this agreement has been subsequently amended. As amended, the agreement grants Ms. Im a salary of $33,333 per month, as well as employee benefits including a life insurance plan. This agreement also contains confidential information and invention assignment provisions.

In connection with the acquisition of the Company by affiliates of Parthenon Capital Partners, Ms. Im entered into a deferred compensation agreement pursuant to which Ms. Im receives a payment upon the earlier of the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a sale of the Company or January 2013. The amount of this payment escalated for the first three years of the agreement, and Ms. Im received a payment of $1,174,241 upon the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Dr. Jon D. Shaver

We entered into employment agreements with Dr. Jon D. Shaver, our Chairman of our board of directors on March 31, 2003 and this agreement has subsequently been amended. As amended, this agreement grants Dr. Shaver a salary of $18,750 per month and additional salary payments of $25,000 per quarter, as well as employee benefits including a life insurance plan. This agreement also contains confidential information and invention assignment provisions and also provides Mr. Shaver a severance payment of $100,000 if he is terminated without cause.

In connection with the acquisition of the Company by affiliates of Parthenon Capital Partners, Dr. Shaver entered into a deferred compensation agreement pursuant to which Dr. Shaver receives a payment upon the earlier of the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a sale of the Company or January 2013. The amount of this payment escalated for the first three years of the agreement, and Dr. Shaver received a payment of $587,121 upon the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

72


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

Each of our named executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer and our Chairman of the board of directors, has entered into our standard employment agreement. Our standard employment agreement provides for the named executive officer’s initial salary at the time of the agreement and grants the named executive officer the right to participate in our standard benefit plans. This agreement also contains confidential information and invention assignment provisions and does not provide for severance.

Potential Payments Upon Change of Control

We have also entered into change of control agreements with Ms. Im and Mr. Shaver. These agreements, as amended, provide that upon a triggering termination which follows a change of control by no more than two years, each executive is entitled to receive payment equal to his or her highest annual salary in effect during any period of 12 consecutive months within the 60 months immediately preceding the date of the triggering termination. As of March 31, 2012, this amount would be equal to $400,005 and $325,014 for Ms. Im and Mr. Shaver, respectively.

For purposes of these agreements:

 

   

A Change of control occurs (i) if any person or group becomes the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting securities, (ii) if certain changes of the individuals who constitute the board of directors occur during any period of two consecutive years, or (iii) upon consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation unless certain conditions are met.

 

   

Triggering termination is defined as the executive’s termination for any reason other than (i) the executive’s death, (ii) the executive’s disability that entitles the executive to receive long-term disability benefits from the Company, (iii) the retirement of the executive after the age of 65, (iv) the executive’s termination for cause, or (v) the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason.

 

   

Cause is defined as (i) the criminal conviction of an embezzlement from the Company, (ii) the violation of a felony committed in connection with employment, (iii) the willful refusal to perform the reasonable duties of his or her position with the Company, (iv) the willful violation of the policies of the Company which is determined in good faith by the board of directors to be materially injurious to the employees, directors, property, or financial condition of the Company, or (v) the willful violation of the provisions of a confidentiality or non-competition agreement with the Company.

 

   

Good reason is defined as (i) a reduction in the executive’s salary that was in effect immediately prior to a change of control, (ii) the relocation of the Company’s office that would add 15 miles or more to the executive’s commute, or (iii) if the Company reduces certain benefits or vacation days that the executive received prior to the change of control.

Retirement Plans

Except as described below, we currently have no plans that provide for the payment of retirement benefits, or benefits that will be paid primarily following retirement, including but not limited to tax-qualified defined benefit plans, supplemental executive retirement plans, tax-qualified defined contribution plans and nonqualified defined contribution plans.

We do maintain a 401(k) plan that is tax-qualified for our employees, including its executive officers. We do not offer employer matching or other employer contribution to 401(k) plan.

 

73


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the grant of options.

3,600,000 shares were originally reserved for issuance under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan at inception and as of March 31, 2012 options to purchase a total of 1,068,500 shares of common stock were outstanding thereunder.

Upon the completion of this offering, our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan will be terminated. No shares of our common stock will remain available under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan other than for satisfying exercises of stock options granted under this plan prior to termination.

2004 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2004 Stock Option Plan, which provides for the grant of options.

4,000,000 shares were originally reserved for issuance under our 2004 Stock Option Plan at inception and as of March 31, 2012 options to purchase a total of 731,250 shares of common stock were outstanding thereunder.

Upon the completion of this offering, our 2004 Stock Option Plan will be terminated. No shares of our common stock will remain available under our 2004 Stock Option Plan other than for satisfying exercises of stock options granted under this plan prior to termination.

2007 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Stock Option Plan, which provides for the grant of options.

The persons eligible to participate in the plan are employees and other service provider who have been selected to participate in the plan by our board of directors.

Share reserve

As of March 31, 2012, we had reserved a total of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to our 2007 Stock Option Plan. As of March 31, 2012, options to purchase 3,925,000 shares of common stock were outstanding, and 34,282 shares were available for future grant under our 2007 Stock Option Plan.

Upon the completion of this offering, our 2007 Stock Option Plan will be terminated. As such, no additional awards will be granted and no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under our 2007 Stock Option Plan.

Administration

Our board of directors currently administers our 2007 Stock Option Plan. Under our 2007 Stock Option Plan, the plan administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the employees or other service providers who will receive awards, the exercise price or purchase price of awards, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of awards and the form of consideration payable for shares issued under the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

Stock options

With respect to all incentive stock options granted under our 2007 Stock Option Plan, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the date of grant. Incentive stock options granted to any holder of more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date must have an exercise price equal to 125% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. With respect to all non-statutory options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the exercise price shall be determined by the plan administrator. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years.

 

74


Table of Contents

After the separation of an employee or other service provider for cause, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for a period of fourteen (14) days following such termination. If termination is due to disability, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of six months following such termination. If termination is due to death, the option will remain exercisable to the extent vested, for a period of six months following the date of death or such longer period of time as specified in the stock options agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability

Our 2007 Stock Option Plan does not allow for the transfer of stock options under our 2007 Stock Option Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution. Only the recipient of a stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.

Adjustments

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the company, in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend or stock split, or combination or other change in the shares of common stock of the Company or any merger, consolidation or exchange of shares, our board of directors may, in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of rights under any outstanding options, make such adjustments in the number and type of shares authorized by our 2007 Stock Option Plan, the number and type of shares covered by outstanding options and the exercise prices specified therein as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable by our board of directors.

Corporate transaction

Our board of directors has certain discretion regarding outstanding options under our 2007 Stock Option Plan in the event of a sale of equity securities possessing the voting power under normal circumstances to elect a majority of our board of directors or all or substantially all of our assets determined on a consolidated basis, in either case, whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of our equity securities, sale or transfer of our consolidated assets or otherwise. Under these circumstances, our board of directors may provide that all options become immediately exercisable at the time of the transaction, that all of the options terminate if not exercised as of the date of the transaction or other prescribed period of time, or that the acquiring company assume the options with the understanding that different determinations may be made with respect to different participations in the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

Plan amendments and termination

According to its terms, the 2007 Stock Option Plan shall have a term of 10 years. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2007 Stock Option Plan at any time with the consent of the stockholders of the Company as required by law, but no amendment or termination shall be made that would materially or adversely affect the rights of any participant, without the consent of the participant affected.

2012 Stock Incentive Plan

General

Our board of directors and stockholders approved our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan in July 2012. Our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan will become effective immediately prior to the time when the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective and will expire on July 19, 2022, unless extended by approval of our board of directors and our stockholders.

Our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees and the granting of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock unit awards and cash-based awards to employees, non-employee directors and consultants. Awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan may be subject to performance goals and other terms in order to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

75


Table of Contents

Administration

Our board of directors may elect to act as the plan administrator of our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan but may also elect to appoint a committee to administer our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. The administration of our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan includes the determination of the recipient of an award, the number of shares subject to each award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or nonstatutory option, and the terms and conditions of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of the award.

At the discretion of our board of directors, if appointed this committee would consist solely of two or more “non-employee directors.” To the extent required by our board of directors, the composition of this committee would satisfy the requirements for plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and Section 162(m) of the Code. Our board of directors may appoint one or more separate committees of our board of directors, each consisting of one or more members of our board of directors, to administer our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan with respect to employees who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Subject to applicable law, our board of directors may also authorize one or more officers to designate employees, other than employees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan or determine the number of such awards to be received by such employees subject to limits specified by our board of directors.

Authorized shares

Under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, we will reserve 4,300,000 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code granted under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan will not exceed 4,300,000.

In addition, if awards are forfeited or terminate for any reason before being exercised or settled, or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares to the holder, then any shares subject to the award shall again become available for awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. Only the number of shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of awards (and not forfeited) shall reduce the number available and the balance shall again become available for awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. Any shares withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award shall again become available for awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. However, shares that have actually been issued shall not again become available for awards, except for shares that are forfeited and do not become vested.

With respect to awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may receive options or stock appreciation rights that relate to an aggregate of more than 2,000,000 shares in any calendar year, or performance based restricted stock or stock unit awards that relate to an aggregate of more than 2,000,000 shares in any calendar year, and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be payable under cash-based performance awards granted to a participant in any calendar year is $10,000,000.

Stock options

A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock, at a certain exercise price, in the future. Under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, incentive stock options and nonstatutory options must be granted with an exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, subject to limited exceptions. Incentive stock options granted to any holder of more than 10% of the voting shares of our company must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. No incentive stock option can be granted to an employee if as a result of the grant, the employee would have the right in any calendar year to exercise for the first time one or more incentive stock options for shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000. The stock option agreement specifies the date when all or any installment of the option is to become exercisable. Each stock option

 

76


Table of Contents

agreement sets forth the term of the options, which is prohibited from exceeding 10 years (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any holder of more than 10% of our voting shares), and the extent to which the optionee will have the right to exercise the option following termination of the optionee’s service with the company. Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash or cash equivalents or, if provided for in the stock option agreement evidencing the award, (a) by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, shares which have already been owned by the optionee, (b) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to us in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (c) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge shares and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to us in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (d) by a “net exercise” arrangement, (e) by delivering a full-recourse promissory note or (f) by any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

Restricted stock

Restricted stock is a share award that may be subject to vesting conditioned upon continued service, the achievement of performance objectives or the satisfaction of any other condition as specified in a restricted stock agreement. Participants who are granted restricted stock awards generally have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such stock, other than the right to transfer such stock prior to vesting. Subject to the terms of our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, the plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any restricted stock award, including any vesting arrangement, which will be set forth in a restricted stock agreement to be entered into between us and each recipient. Restricted stock may be awarded for such consideration as the plan administrator may determine, including without limitation cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, future services or services rendered prior to the award, without cash payment by the recipient.

Stock units

Stock units give recipients the right to acquire a specified number of shares of stock at a future date upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including any vesting arrangement, established by the plan administrator and as set forth in a stock unit agreement. Unlike restricted stock, the stock underlying stock units will not be issued until the stock units have vested and are settled, and recipients of stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time the vesting conditions are satisfied and the award is settled. However, at the discretion of the plan administrator, any stock unit may entitle the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one share of our common stock while the stock unit is outstanding. The plan administrator may elect to settle vested stock units in cash or in common stock or in a combination of cash and common stock. Subject to the terms of our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, the plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any stock unit award, which will be set forth in a stock unit agreement to be entered into between us and each recipient.

Stock appreciation rights

Stock appreciation rights typically will provide for payments to the recipient based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the plan administrator, which shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The plan administrator may elect to pay stock appreciation rights in cash or in common stock or in a combination of cash and common stock.

Cash-based awards

Cash-based awards shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment rages as determined by the board of directors. Payment, if any, shall be made in accordance with the terms of the cash-based award and may be made in cash or in shares of common stock. The plan administrator may elect to grant cash-based awards in such number or amount and upon such terms as the board of directors shall determine.

 

77


Table of Contents

Other plan features

Under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan:

 

   

Unless the agreement evidencing an award expressly provides otherwise, no award granted under the plan may be transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to shares issued under such award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

   

In the event of a recapitalization, stock split or similar capital transaction, the plan administrator will make appropriate and equitable adjustments to the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, including the limitation regarding the total number of shares underlying incentive stock option awards and the limitations on awards given to an individual participant in any calendar year and other adjustments in order to preserve the benefits of outstanding awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

   

Generally, if we merge with or into another corporation, we will provide for full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of outstanding awards or settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such awards unless the awards are continued if we are the surviving entity, or assumed or substituted for by any surviving entity or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving entity.

 

   

If we are involved in an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger or similar transaction with another entity, the plan administrator may make awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan by the assumption, substitution or replacement of awards granted by another entity. The terms of such assumed, substituted or replaced awards will be determined by the plan administrator in its discretion.

 

   

Awards under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance criteria including cash flows, earnings per share, earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, return on equity, total stockholder return, share price performance, return on capital, return on assets or net assets, revenues, income or net income, operating income or net operating income, operating profit or net operating profit, operating margin or profit margin, return on operating revenues, return on invested capital, market segment shares, costs, expenses, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product or implementation or completion of critical projects.

 

   

Our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan terminates 10 years after its initial adoption, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where required by applicable law. Any amendment or termination may not materially impair the rights of holders of outstanding awards without their consent.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we have the power to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents and our bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also provide that we shall advance expenses incurred by a directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers. We expect to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements will provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of our directors and officers in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty of care. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

79


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the cash and equity compensation arrangements of our directors and executive officers discussed above under “Management—Director Compensation” and “—Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2009, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Related Person Transaction Policy

In December 2011, we adopted a formal policy, effective upon the closing of this offering, that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is required to conduct a review of all relevant facts reasonably available to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of such policy.

Arrangements With Our Investors

On January 8, 2004, in connection with the consummation of our acquisition by investment funds controlled by Parthenon Capital Partners and certain other stockholders, or the Acquisition, we entered into an investment agreement, stockholders agreement and a registration agreement. These agreements contain agreements among the parties with respect to election of directors, preemptive rights, restrictions on transfer of shares, “drag along” obligations, registration rights and covenants regarding the conduct and operation of our business. In addition, we entered into an advisory services agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners for the provision of certain advisory services to us.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a stockholders agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners and certain other holders of series A preferred stock under which Parthenon Capital Partners was granted certain rights to elect members of our board of directors and the stockholders were granted preemptive rights over future issuances of securities by us and became subject to certain transfer restrictions and drag along obligations. All provisions of the stockholders agreement will terminate upon consummation of this offering.

Registration Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a registration agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners and certain other stockholders. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the registration rights will be amended, effective upon the closing of this offering. The registration agreement, as amended, provides the stockholders party thereto with certain demand registration rights in respect of the shares of our common stock held by them. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the consummation of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the stockholders who are party to the registration agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, such holders will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares by the stockholders described above. The registration rights agreement includes lock up

 

80


Table of Contents

obligations that restrict the sale of securities during the initial 180 day period, or in certain circumstances 90 day period, following the effective date of any demand registration or piggyback registration effected pursuant to the terms of the registration agreement. We are also restricted from engaging in any public sale of equity securities during the initial 180 day period, or in certain circumstances 90 day period, following the effective date of any demand registration or piggyback registration effected pursuant to the terms of the registration agreement. The registration agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the stockholders who are parties and any person who is or might be deemed a controlling person of the stockholders within the meaning of the Securities Act and related parties against liabilities under the Securities Act incurred in connection with the registration of any of our securities. These provisions provide indemnification against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and certain liabilities resulting from violations of other applicable laws in connection with any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registrations. We have agreed to reimburse such persons for any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such liability, action or proceeding, except that we will not be required to indemnify any such person or reimburse related legal or other expenses if such loss or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information provided by such person.

Investment Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an investment agreement with certain of our stockholders who initially purchased shares of our series A preferred stock. The investment agreement contains certain covenants regarding the delivery of financial statements and other information, inspection rights and restrictions on the conduct and operation of our business. The investment agreement will terminate upon consummation of this offering.

Advisory Services Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an advisory services agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners, pursuant to which Parthenon Capital Partners has provided us with certain advisory services. In exchange for these services, we agreed to pay Parthenon Capital Partners (i) a quarterly amount equal to the product of 0.25 multiplied by the cumulative amount of funds invested in us by Parthenon Capital Partners and its affiliates as of start of each quarter, (ii) a one-time closing fee payable upon closing of the Acquisition equal to approximately $1.8 million and (iii) a placement fee in connection with any equity or debt financing by us following the Acquisition equal to 1% of the gross amount of any such financing. We also agreed to reimburse Parthenon Capital Partners for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, their members, or their respective affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the advisory services agreement. In connection with a separate compensation arrangement with Parthenon Capital Partners, Jeffrey Stein, one of our directors, received a portion of certain of the fees received by Parthenon Capital Partners from us. In each of 2009, 2010 and 2011, we accrued fees payable to Parthenon Capital Partners of approximately $684,489, $759,489 and $634,489, respectively. In the first quarter of 2012, we accrued fees payable to Parthenon Capital Partners of approximately $1,783,622.

Pursuant to a letter agreement dated April 13, 2012, between us and PCP Managers, LLC, an affiliate of Parthenon Capital Partners, under which the advisory services agreement was terminated, we agreed to pay Parthenon Capital (i) an aggregate amount of $1,300,000, payable in equal quarterly installments of $108,622.22 with the first quarter paid in April 2012; provided that the remaining balance will become due and payable immediately upon the closing of this offering or the sale of our company and (ii) upon the closing of this offering or a sale of our company, an amount equal to 1% of the aggregate gross proceeds of this offering or 1% of the aggregate consideration paid in connection with the sale of our company, as applicable.

Expense Reimbursement and Indemnification Agreement

In connection with the termination of the advisory services agreement entered into on April 13, 2012, we also entered into an expense reimbursement and indemnification letter agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners under which we agreed to reimburse Parthenon Capital Partners for (i) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of any services Parthenon Capital Partners provides to us,

 

81


Table of Contents

notwithstanding the termination of the advisory services agreement, (ii) any legal, accounting or consulting fees incurred by Parthenon Capital Partners in the continuing provision of any services to us and (iii) any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Parthenon Capital Partners in connection with any acquisitions or financings completed by us or our affiliates. Further, we agreed to indemnify Parthenon Capital Partners and its affiliates against liabilities and expenses arising out of, or in connection with, Parthenon Capital Partners’ former engagement under the advisory services agreement and the termination thereof or any continuing services provided by Parthenon Capital Partners to us.

Nomination of our Directors

In July 2012, we entered into a Director Nomination Agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners that provides Parthenon Capital Partners the right to designate nominees for election to our board of directors for so long as Parthenon Capital Partners owns 10% or more of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. The number of nominees that Parthenon Capital Partners is entitled to designate under this agreement shall bear the same proportion to the total number of members of our board of directors as the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Parthenon Capital Partners bears to the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, rounded up to the nearest whole number. Parthenon Capital Partners shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our board of directors proportionate to its stock ownership, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. This agreement will terminate at such time as Parthenon Capital Partners owns less than 10% of our outstanding common stock.

Arrangements with our Directors and Officers

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our officers in connection with the consummation of this offering. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to certain exceptions. See “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Promissory notes

On January 8, 2004 in connection with the Acquisition, we loaned $1 million and $500,000 to each of Lisa Im and Jon Shaver, respectively, the proceeds of which were used for the purchase of shares of our series A preferred stock. The principal amount under these notes accrued interest at the rate of 5% per annum. The outstanding principal and accrued interest under these two promissory notes was originally due and payable on January 15, 2013. The outstanding principal and accrued interest under these two promissory notes as of July 3, 2012 was approximately $1.5 million and $0.8 million for Lisa Im and Jon Shaver, respectively. The promissory notes were repaid by Lisa Im and Jon Shaver on July 3, 2012 with after tax proceeds received under their respective deferred compensation agreements and with proceeds from the Company’s repurchase of 67,350 shares of common stock from Lisa Im and 30,670 shares of common stock from Jon Shaver.

 

82


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned on June 30, 2012, immediately following consummation of this offering, by:

 

   

Each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our common stock;

 

   

Each of our directors and named executive officers;

 

   

All of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

Each selling stockholder.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 43,232,286 shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2012, giving effect to the 2-for-1 forward stock split that occurred on July 26, 2012. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that 45,148,986 shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an “*.”

Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each of the persons listed below is 333 North Canyons Parkway, Livermore, California 94551.

 

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
    Shares
Subject
to Over-
allotment
Option**
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering (with
Over-allotment**)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number (1)     Percentage         Number (1)     Percentage     Number (1)     Percentage  

Executive Officers and Directors:

               

Lisa C. Im (2)

    2,681,666        6.1     267,263        48,110        2,414,403        5.3     2,366,293        5.2

Dr. Jon D. Shaver  (3)

    1,782,478        4.0     175,915        31,666        1,606,563        3.5     1,574,897        3.4

Harold T. Leach, Jr. (4)

    567,332        1.3     55,133        9,924        512,199        1.1     502,275        1.1

Hakan L. Orvell (5)

    340,000        *        32,800        5,904        307,200        *        301,296        0.7

John Y. Paik

                                                       

Bruce Calvin (6)

    145,000        *        14,000        2,520        131,000        *        128,480        *   

Todd R. Ford (7)

    10,416        *                      10,416        *        10,416        *   

Brian P. Golson (8)

    35,345,692        81.7     7,985,992        1,437,577        27,359,700        60.6     25,922,123        57.4

William D. Hansen (9)

    8,334        *                      8,334        *        8,334        *   

William C. Kessinger  (8)

    35,345,692        81.7     7,985,992        1,437,577        27,359,700        60.6     25,922,123        57.4

Jeffrey S. Stein  (10)

    90,000        *        20,335        3,661        69,665        *        66,004        *   

All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (11 persons)  (11)

    40,970,918        95.1     8,551,438        1,539,362        32,419,480        67.9     30,880,118        64.7

5% Stockholders:

               

Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC (8)

    35,345,692        81.7     7,985,992        1,437,577        27,359,700        60.6     25,922,123        57.4

 

83


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
    Shares
Subject
to Over-
allotment
Option**
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering (with
Over-allotment**)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number (1)     Percentage         Number (1)     Percentage     Number (1)     Percentage  

Other Selling Stockholders:

               

Ares Capital Corporation

    1,215,494        2.8     274,628        49,436        940,866        2.1     891,430        2.0

Madison Capital Funding, LLC

    772,964        1.8     174,643        31,438        598,321        *        566,883        *   

James Stone

    271,526        *        61,348        11,043        210,178        *        199,135        *   

Guy McDonald (12)

    245,168        *        40,669        7,321        204,499        *        197,178        *   

Onezime Biagas

    180,000        *        40,669        7,321        139,331        *        132,010        *   

Chris Crissman

    180,000        *        40,669        7,321        139,331        *        132,010        *   

Paul Lauffenburger (13)

    180,000        *        8,134        1,464        171,866        *        170,402        *   

Bruce MacKinlay (14)

    180,000        *        40,669        7,321        139,331        *        132,010        *   

Rolland Tracey

    180,000        *        40,669        7,321        139,331        *        132,010        *   

David Yim (15)

    180,000        *        40,669        7,321        139,331        *        132,010        *   

Joseph Tagupa

    172,500        *        38,975        7,016        133,525        *        126,509        *   

Edward Keenan (16)

    144,000        *        32,535        5,857        111,465        *        105,608        *   

Jean Chih-Ying Hsien  (17)

    127,800        *        28,152        5,068        99,648        *        94,580        *   

Said Shawwa (18)

    113,000        *        24,899        4,482        88,101        *        83,619        *   

David Lubets (19)

    116,666        *        24,853        4,474        91,813        *        87,339        *   

Jeff Nelson (20)

    116,666        *        24,853        4,474        91,813        *        87,339        *   

Elizabeth Warda (21)

    108,000        *        24,401        4,392        83,599        *        79,207        *   

Nauman Bashir (22)

    72,000        *        4,406        793        67,594        *        66,801        *   

Dennis Christie (23)

    59,200        *        12,201        2,196        46,999        *        44,803        *   

Vincent Ramirez (24)

    59,200        *        13,195        2,375        46,005        *        43,630        *   

All other selling stockholders  (25)

    405,284        *        73,325        13,199        331,959        *        318,760        *   

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

**

If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, then the shares to be sold by each selling stockholder will be reduce pro rata according to the portion of the option to purchase additional shares that is not exercised.

(1)  

Unless otherwise indicated, includes shares owned by a spouse, minor children and relatives sharing the same home, as well as entities owned or controlled by the named person. Also includes options to purchase shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days. Unless otherwise noted, shares are owned of record and beneficially by the named person.

(2)  

Includes 669,250 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012. Also includes 67,350 shares repurchased by the Company on July 3, 2012, and Ms. Im has an option to purchase these shares.

(3)  

Includes 1,051,666 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012. Also includes 30,670 shares repurchased by the Company on July 3, 2012, and Mr. Shaver has an option to purchase these shares.

(4)  

Includes 387,332 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(5)  

Includes 340,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(6)  

Includes 145,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(7)  

Includes 5,208 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(8)  

The reported shares are owned of record by Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC (“DCS Holdings”). Parthenon Investors II, L.P., as the manager of DCS Holdings; PCAP Partners II, LLC, as the general partner of Parthenon Investors II, L.P.; PCAP II, LLC, as the managing member of PCAP Partners II, LLC; PCP Managers, LLC, as the managing member of PCAP II, LLC; and each of Messrs. Kessinger and Golson and David Ament, as managing members of PCP Managers, LLC, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned of record by DCS Holdings. Messrs. Kessinger and Golson are Managing Directors of Parthenon Capital Partners, an affiliate of PCAP Partners II, LLC. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the reported securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the foregoing persons is c/o Parthenon Capital Partners, Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3610, San Francisco, California 94111.

(9)  

Includes 4,167 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(10)  

The address for Mr. Stein is c/o Parthenon Capital Partners, Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3610, San Francisco, California 94111.

(11)  

Includes 2,602,623 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012. Also includes 35,345,682 shares held by DCS Holdings.

(12)  

Includes 196,418 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(13)  

Includes 131,250 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(14)  

Includes 131,250 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(15)  

Includes 131,250 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(16)  

Includes 105,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(17)  

Includes 118,050 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(18)  

Includes 103,250 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(19)  

Includes 116,666 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(20)  

Includes 116,666 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(21)  

Includes 78,750 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(22)  

Includes 12,500 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(23)  

Includes 49,450 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(24)  

Includes 49,450 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

(25)  

Includes 157,784 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2012.

 

84


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect immediately following the completion of this offering. The description is intended as a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the form of our amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with the completion of this offering and which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 550,000,000 shares, with a par value of $.0001 per share, of which:

 

   

500,000,000 shares will be designated as common stock; and

 

   

50,000,000 shares will be designated as preferred stock.

As of March 31, 2012, there were 43,217,686 shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of series A preferred stock into 1,399,110 shares of common stock and 1,399,110 series B preferred stock and the redemption of 1,399,110 shares of series B preferred stock for an aggregate redemption payment of approximately $16.3 million, both of which occurred on June 28, 2012 and assuming the 2-for-1 forward stock split that occurred on July 26, 2012. Our outstanding capital stock was held by 39 stockholders of record as of March 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2012, we also had outstanding options to acquire 5,724,750 shares of common stock.

Common Stock

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect in connection with the completion of this offering, the holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at a meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote shall decide any question submitted to a vote, except as otherwise required by law or provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or by proxy at a meeting and entitled to vote. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds, payable either in cash, property or shares of capital stock.

Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the company, subject to the rights, if any of the holders of our preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the company of whatever kind available for distribution ratable in proportion to the number of shares held by them respectively.

The holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, which may be designated solely by action of the board of directors and issued in the future.

Preferred Stock

The board of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Each such series of preferred stock shall have such number of shares, voting powers,

 

85


Table of Contents

designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, as shall be determined by the board of directors, which may include, among others, dividend rights, voting rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights and preemptive rights.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with completion of this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including proposals that are priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

These provisions include:

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. We believe that the classification of our board of directors will facilitate the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies. However, our classified board could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our board of directors.

Number of Directors; Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors has the authority to determine the number of directors within a range of between five and 15 directors. It also provides that once Parthenon Capital Partners ceases to beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares (i) vacancies in our board of directors, including vacancies created by an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office, and (ii) directors or the entire board may be removed only for cause.

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once Parthenon Capital Partners ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the date that Parthenon Capital Partners ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or

 

86


Table of Contents

nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our amended and restated bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Super Majority Approval Requirements

Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation once Parthenon Capital Partners ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In addition, preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders

We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that Parthenon Capital Partners will not be deemed to be an “interested stockholder,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Corporate Opportunities

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy of the Company in the business opportunities that are from time to time presented to Parthenon Capital Partners and its officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries, even if the opportunities are ones that the Company might have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity, and each such person shall not have any obligation to offer to us those opportunities and shall not be liable for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, if any such person pursues or acquires such opportunity, directs the opportunity to another person or fails to present the opportunity to us.

 

87


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and will provide that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We believe that the limitation of liability provision, indemnification agreements and provision of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers of the Company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PFMT.”

 

88


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion summarizes certain material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Common stock by certain non-United States holders (as defined below). This discussion only applies to non-United States holders who purchase and hold our Common stock as a capital asset for United States federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-United States holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-United States holder” means a person that for United States federal income tax purposes is not a partnership and is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and that has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not describe any non-United States, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-United States holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the United States federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to a non-United States holder who is subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax laws (including, without limitation, certain former citizens and former long-term residents, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax, a partnership or other “pass through” entity or an investor in any such entity, a tax-exempt organization, a bank or other financial institution, a broker, dealer or trader in securities, commodities or currencies, a person holding our Common stock as part of a hedging, conversion, straddle, constructive sale or other risk reduction transaction or an insurance company). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our Common stock, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our Common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on Common Stock

In general, if distributions are made with respect to our Common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for United States

 

89


Table of Contents

federal income tax purposes and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce the non-United States holder’s basis in the Common stock, but not below zero, and, to the extent such portion exceeds the non-United States holder’s basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the Common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Dispositions of Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-United States holder of our Common stock generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-United States holder within the United States (and, where an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-United States holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-United States holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-United States holder of our Common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty for dividends will be required to provide us with a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits. If our Common stock is held through a foreign partnership or foreign intermediary, the foreign partnership or foreign intermediary will also be required to comply with additional certification requirements under applicable Treasury regulations.

A non-United States holder of our Common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Dispositions of Common Stock

Any gain realized by a non-United States holder on the disposition of our Common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-United States holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-United States holder in the United States);

 

   

the non-United States holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the calendar year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation, as such term is defined in section 897(c) of the Code, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or your holding period of our Common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. A non-United States holder that is a corporation may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. An individual non-United States holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be required to pay (subject to applicable income tax treaties) a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. As long as our Common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, within the meaning of section 897(c)(3) of the Code, the rules described in the third bullet point above

 

90


Table of Contents

will apply to you only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Code (the “regularly traded stock exception”). We believe we are not and do not expect to become a United States real property holding corporation. If, however, it turns out that we are or become a United States Real Property holding corporation, a non-United States holder for whom the regularly traded stock exception is not applicable or who is not otherwise exempt will be required to pay United States federal income tax under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized.

United States Federal Estate Tax

Our Common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-United States holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-United States holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-United States holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or tax information exchange agreement.

Payments of dividends in respect of, or proceeds on the disposition within the United States (or conducted through certain U.S. related intermediaries) of, our Common stock made to a non-United States holder will be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding unless such non-United States holder establishes an exemption, for example by properly certifying that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code on an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of Form W-8 (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-United States holder is a United States person as defined under the Code).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will reduce the non-United States holder’s United States federal income tax liability. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Recent Legislative Developments

Legislation enacted in 2010 will generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on our Common stock and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to (i) a foreign financial institution unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States Treasury requiring, among other things, that such institution undertake to identify accounts held by certain United States persons or certain foreign entities wholly or partially owned by United States persons, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold at a rate of 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements, and (ii) a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the payor with a certification identifying the direct and indirect United States owners of the entity. Accordingly, the entity through which our Common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Under proposed regulations that are not yet effective, this new withholding tax will not apply (i) to dividend income on Common stock that is paid on or before December 31, 2013 or (ii) to gross proceeds from the disposition of Common stock paid on or before December 31, 2014. Under certain circumstances, a non-United States holder of our Common stock may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our Common stock.

 

91


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of 45,141,686 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming that there are no exercises of options after March 31, 2012. Of these shares, 11,540,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining 33,601,686 shares of common stock will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of Shares  

On the date of this prospectus

     11,540,000   

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

     33,601,686   

In addition, of the 5,724,750 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2012, options to purchase 4,589,050 shares of common stock were vested as of March 31, 2012 and will be eligible for sale at various times beginning more than 180 days following the effective date of this offering.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of

 

92


Table of Contents

our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then-outstanding, which will equal approximately 550,000 shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of this offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will, subject to the lock-up restrictions described below, be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, file or cause to be filed a registration statement covering shares of common stock or any securities that are convertible into, exchangeable for, or represent the right to receive, common stock or any substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing restrictions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. One stockholder, who beneficially owns 919,500 shares of common stock, has filed a lawsuit seeking to avoid executing this lock-up agreement, which we believe the stockholder is contractually obligated to execute. This agreement does not apply to the issuance by us of shares under any existing employee benefit plans. This agreement is subject to certain exception in certain circumstances. See “Underwriting” for a more complete description of the lock-up agreements.

Registration Statements

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

93


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased, or, in the case of a default with respect to the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below, the underwriting agreement may be terminated. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters, including Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are among several lenders under our credit agreement.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,731,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

     Total  
     Per Share        No Exercise          Full Exercise    

Public offering price

       $                                $                                $                        

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

       $             $             $     

The selling stockholders

       $             $             $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

       $             $             $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

       $             $             $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $             million. The underwriters have agreed to make certain reimbursements to us and the selling stockholders in connection with this offering.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

Upon the completion of this offering and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, we will pay FT Partners an estimated fee of $1.5 million for financial advisory services in respect of this offering. This fee will be paid through the issuance of 115,400 shares of our common stock valued at the initial public offering price per share. We have agreed to reimburse FT Partners for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and we have also agreed to indemnify FT Partners against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities in connection with FT Partners’ financial advisory services. FT Partners has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters with respect to these shares pursuant to which FT Partners has agreed that they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose or agree to dispose of any shares of common stock beneficially owned or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. These shares will also be subject to limitations on resale imposed by Rule 144, each as described under the heading “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” elsewhere in this prospectus. FT Partners’ financial advisory services included assistance in financial and valuation modeling, advice with respect to the initial public offering process and equity capital market alternatives, assisting us in the drafting of this prospectus, assisting us in the negotiation of the valuation and other economic aspects of our proposed offering, providing overall process management and providing other services that we and FT Partners collectively deemed appropriate. None of Financial Technology Partners LP, FTP Securities LLC, or any of their affiliates is acting as an underwriter of this offering.

We expect to list our common stock on NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “PFMT.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options, including holders of all of our unregistered securities acquired within the past 180 days, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (or such earlier date or dates as agreed between us and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co.):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock beneficially owned or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

95


Table of Contents
   

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters; or

 

   

the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing; or

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, as amended, regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required or shall be voluntarily made.

The restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news event relating to us occurs, or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage

 

96


Table of Contents

in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

We, the selling stockholders and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise). The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

97


Table of Contents
  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire

 

98


Table of Contents

share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

99


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, San Francisco, California. Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York, is representing the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Performant Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov .

 

100


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements of Performant Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Consolidated Financial Statements For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 (Unaudited)

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-24   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-25   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-26   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-27   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-28   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Performant Financial Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Performant Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement schedule II. These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Performant Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1(c) to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 have been restated to correct for errors in accounting for preferred stock.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

March 22, 2012, except for Note 1(m) and schedule II,

as to which the date is May 21, 2012, Note 1(c) and

Note 1(t), as to which the date is June 25, 2012 and

Note 1(b), as to which the date is July 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2010 and 2011

(In thousands, except per-share amounts)

 

Assets    2010     2011  
     (Restated)     (Restated)  

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,078       20,004  

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $45 and $77, respectively

     14,006       18,948  

Deferred income taxes

     2,170       5,348  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,198       3,292  

Debt issuance costs, current portion

     1,254       595  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     31,706       48,187  

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements, net

     13,525       14,915  

Identifiable intangible assets

     52,959       36,516  

Goodwill

     81,572       81,572  

Debt issuance costs

     595         

Other assets

     1,033       659  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 181,390       181,849  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Liabilities:

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of notes payable

   $ 12,500       8,134  

Accrued salaries and benefits

     4,596       7,138  

Accounts payable

     63       60  

Other current liabilities

     3,761       8,945  

Deferred revenue

            2,214  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     20,920       26,491  

Notes payable, net of current portion

     96,633       87,051  

Line of credit, drawn

     8,198       8,198  

Deferred compensation

     1,761       1,761  

Deferred income taxes

     21,109       14,647  

Other liabilities

     2,610       1,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     151,231       139,306  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Redeemable preferred stock (see Note 1)

    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized, 18,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 5,296 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2011

     51,753       58,248  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit (see Note 1)

    

Due from stockholders

     (2,158     (2,266

Common stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized, 60,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 37,667 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2011

     4        4   

Additional paid-in capital

     19,251       19,371  

Accumulated deficit

     (38,691     (32,814
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (21,594     (15,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 181,390       181,849  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The number of Series A convertible preferred shares outstanding, Series A convertible preferred stock, the number of common shares outstanding, Common stock, and Additional paid-in capital have been restated to give effect to the two-for-one stock split. See Note 1 for additional information .

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

       2009      2010     2011  
       (Restated)      (Restated)     (Restated)  

Revenues

     $     109,832            123,519           162,974  

Operating expenses:

         

Salaries and benefits

       53,728        58,113       67,082  

Other operating expenses

       32,110        33,655       49,199  

Impairment of trade name

       —           —          13,400  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       85,838        91,768       129,681  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

       23,994        31,751       33,293  

Interest expense

       (16,017      (15,230     (13,530

Interest income

       104        118       125  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

       8,081        16,639       19,888  

Provision for income taxes

       3,071        6,664       7,516  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     $ 5,010        9,975       12,372  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrual for preferred stock dividends

       5,128         5,771        6,495   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

       (118      4,204        5,877   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders

(see Note 1)

         

Basic

     $ (0.00      0.10        0.14   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     $ (0.00      0.09        0.13   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares (see Note 1)

         

Basic

       42,962         42,962        42,962   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

       42,962         45,019        45,742   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

         

Basic

          $ 0.12   
         

 

 

 

Diluted

          $ 0.12   
         

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

         

Basic

            47,658   
         

 

 

 

Diluted

            50,438   
         

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders and weighted-average shares outstanding have been restated to give effect to the two-for-one stock split. See Note 1 for additional information.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(In thousands)

 

    Redeemable Preferred Stock                                              
      Series A
Convertible preferred stock
            Series A
Convertible preferred stock
    Due from
stockholders
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in

capital
    Accumulated
deficit
       
      Shares     Amount             Shares     Amount       Shares     Amount         Total  

Balance, December 31, 2008 (as Reported)

         $              5,296      $ 40,854        (2,169     37,667      $ 4        18,254        (42,777     14,166   
 

 

 

   

 

 

                       

Adjustment

    5,296        40,854              (5,296     (40,854                                        (40,854
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008 (as Restated)

    5,296        40,854                            (2,169     37,667        4        18,254        (42,777     (26,688

Increase in redemption value of Series A preferred stock

           5,128                                                        (5,128     (5,128

Interest on notes receivable from stockholders

                                      (98                                 (98

Stock-based compensation expense

                                      106                      474               580   

Net income

                                                                  5,010        5,010   
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009 (as Restated)

    5,296        45,982                            (2,161     37,667        4        18,728        (42,895     (26,324

Increase in redemption value of Series A preferred stock

           5,771                                                        (5,771     (5,771

Interest on notes receivable from stockholders

                                      (103                                 (103

Stock-based compensation expense

                                      106                      523               629   

Net income

                                                                  9,975        9,975   
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010 (as Restated)

    5,296        51,753                            (2,158     37,667        4        19,251        (38,691     (21,594

Increase in redemption value of Series A preferred stock

           6,495                                                        (6,495     (6,495

Interest on notes receivable from stockholders

                                      (108                                 (108

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                           120               120   

Net income

                                                                  12,372        12,372   
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011 (as Restated)

    5,296      $ 58,248                   $        (2,266     37,667      $     4        19,371        (32,814     (15,705
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The number of Series A convertible preferred shares outstanding, Series A convertible preferred stock, the number of common shares outstanding, Common stock, and Additional paid-in capital have been restated to give effect to the two-for-one stock split. See Note 1 for additional information.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(In thousands)

 

       2009      2010     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

         

Net income

     $ 5,010        9,975       12,372  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Loss on disposal of assets

       52               

Depreciation, amortization, and impairment of intangible assets

       9,624        7,213       21,166  

Deferred income taxes

       (2,924      32       (9,640

Stock option compensation

       580        629       120  

Interest expense from debt issuance costs

       3,027        1,997       1,254  

Interest income on notes receivable from stockholders

       (98      (103     (108

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Trade accounts receivable

       (1,431      1,610       (4,942

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

       (1,392      (664     (94

Other assets

       (116      (394     372  

Accrued salaries and benefits

       1,349        (69     2,542  

Accounts payable

       (91      (255     (3

Other current liabilities

       1,015        (1,882     5,184  

Deferred revenue

                    2,214  

Other liabilities

       1,028        125       (1,452
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

       15,633        18,214       28,985  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Purchase of property, equipment, and leasehold improvements

       (4,877      (4,921     (6,111
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

       (4,877      (4,921     (6,111
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Borrowings under line of credit

       948               

Debt issuance costs paid

       (1,023      (1,172      

Repayment of notes payable

         (10,865      (9,967       (13,948
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

       (10,940        (11,139     (13,948
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

       (184      2,154       8,926  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       9,108        8,924       11,078  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     $ 8,924        11,078       20,004  
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash financing activities:

         

Note payable payment-in-kind

     $ 3,000               

Supplemental disclosures information:

         

Cash paid for income taxes

     $ 9,397        6,209       15,830  

Cash paid for interest

       14,095        13,048       12,246  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

 

(1) Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Organization

These consolidated financial statements of Performant Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) include the operations of Performant Financial Corporation (PFC), its wholly owned subsidiary DCS Business Services, Inc. (DCSBS), and DCSBS’ wholly owned subsidiaries Diversified Collection Services, Inc. (DCS), and Vista Financial, Inc. (VFI). PFC is a Delaware corporation headquartered in California and was formed in 2003. DCSBS is a Nevada corporation founded in 1997. DCS is a California corporation founded in 1976. VFI is a California corporation that was formed in 2004.

The Company is a leading provider of collections and default management services for various forms of delinquent debt for the U.S. Department of Education, state and national guarantors of student loans, and defaulted debts owed to the federal and state governments. The Company contracts with its clients to provide collection services on a contingency-fee basis. The Company has collection offices in California, Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Texas. The Company also provides services to the Federal Department of Health and Human Services Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, where the Company audits and recovers improper payments made by Medicare for medical claims submitted by healthcare providers. VFI offers risk management services that enable financial institutions to proactively manage private student loan portfolios to mitigate the incidence of nonperforming loan assets.

 

  (b) Stock Split

On July 26, 2012, the Company effected a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s common shares. Accordingly, all per share amounts, average shares outstanding, shares outstanding, and equity based compensation presented in the consolidated financial statements and notes have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the stock split. Shareholders’ deficit has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock split for all periods presented by reclassifying the par value of the additional shares issued in connection with the stock split to Additional paid-in capital. Concurrently with the stock split, the authorized common stock was increased from 25,000,000 shares to 60,000,000 shares.

 

  (c) Restatement

These financial statements have been restated to correct an error in the balance sheet presentation of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred shares (the Shares). The purpose of the restatement is to classify the balances outside of permanent equity, as they are redeemable at the option of the holders via conversion units, as more fully described in Note 6. The following financial statement line items were affected (in thousands):

 

     As originally reported      As adjusted     Effect of the change  

2011

       

Redeemable preferred stock

   $ -             58,248        58,248   

Total stockholders equity/deficit

                         42,543         (15,705     (58,248

2010

       

Redeemable preferred stock

   $ -             51,753        51,753   

Total stockholders equity/deficit

     30,159         (21,594     (51,753

 

F-7


Table of Contents

As the conversion of the Shares discussed above results in the issuance of common shares, we have corrected the weighted average shares outstanding and earnings per share disclosures. The per share impact of these changes is shown below.

 

     As originally reported      As adjusted      Effect of the change  

2011

        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

        

Basic

   $                         0.16       $             0.14       $             (0.02)   

Diluted

   $ 0.15       $ 0.13       $ (0.02)   

Weighted average shares (in thousands)

  

     

Basic

     37,666         42,962         5,296   

Diluted

     40,446         45,742         5,296   

2010

        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.11       $ 0.10       $ (0.01)   

Diluted

   $ 0.11       $ 0.09       $ (0.02)   

Weighted average shares (in thousands)

  

     

Basic

     37,666         42,962         5,296   

Diluted

     39,723         45,019         5,296   

2009

        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00       $ -       

Diluted

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00       $ -       

Weighted average shares (in thousands)

  

     

Basic

     37,666         42,962         5,296   

Diluted

     38,985         42,962         3,977   

The restatement had no effect on the cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities. The restatement also impacted Note 1(t).

 

  (d) Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PFC, DCSBS, VFI, and DCS. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

  (e) Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements

The preparation of consolidated financial statements, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the carrying value of property, equipment, and leasehold improvements; the allowance for doubtful accounts; and the carrying value of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

  (f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits and highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. These investments can include money market funds that invest in highly liquid U.S. government and agency obligations, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and commercial paper.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The Company collects monies on behalf of its clients. Cash is often held on behalf of the clients in various trust accounts and is subsequently remitted to the clients based on contractual agreements. Cash held in these trust accounts for contracting agencies is not included in the Company’s assets (Note 11(a)).

 

  (g) Hosted Service Installation and Implementation Deliverables

In 2008, the Company entered into a long-term contract to provide hosted services to a client beginning in March 2009. The Company determined that certain installation and implementation deliverables were not separate units of accounting within the contract, and should be combined for revenue recognition purposes with the hosted service deliverable. Accordingly, revenue for these contract elements is being taken ratably from the commencement of hosted services in March 2009 through the contract period of March 2018. Additionally, the Company deferred the direct incremental costs associated with the installation and implementation deliverables, with the costs being expensed ratably from the March 2009 commencement of services through March 2018.

 

  (h) Property, Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Furniture and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 7 years. Buildings are depreciated using the straight-line method over 31.5 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. Computer software and computer hardware are depreciated using the straight-line method over 3 years and 5 years, respectively.

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.

When property is sold or retired, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and any gain or loss from the transaction is included in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

  (i) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the fair value assigned to the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. In accordance with Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment , the Company performed a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that goodwill fair value is less than its carrying amount for 2011, and concluded that there was no need to perform an impairment test. The Company applied impairment tests to its goodwill and determined that no impairment loss had occurred during 2010 and 2009.

Identifiable intangible assets consist of customer contracts and related relationships, trademarks and trade names, and covenants not to compete. Customer contracts and related relationships are amortized over their estimated useful life of 20 years. Covenants not to compete are amortized over their contractual terms of 2 to 5 years. Trademarks and trade names have been determined to have an indefinite life, and are not amortized.

 

  (j) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or intangibles may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. In 2011, the Company recorded $13,400,000 of impairment expense to write off the carrying amount of the trade name intangible asset due to the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Company’s contemplation of the retirement of the Diversified Collection Services, Inc. (DCS) trade name. The Company considers it unlikely that the DCS name will be used in the future. There was no impairment expense for intangible assets in 2010. The Company recorded $2,568,000 of impairment expense to reduce the carrying amount of the intangible asset due to the loss of a customer during 2009.

 

  (k) System Developments

The Company follows the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASC) Subtopic 350-40, Internal-Use Software , which specifies that costs incurred during the application stage of development should be capitalized. All other costs are expensed as incurred. During 2009, 2010 and 2011, costs of $2,484,000, 2,112,000 and $2,532,000 respectively, were capitalized for projects in the application stage of development, with depreciation expense of $1,126,000, $1,469,000 and $2,080,000 respectively, for completed projects.

 

  (l) Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs represent loan, legal, and accounting fees paid in connection with the issuance of long-term debt. Debt issuance cost is amortized to interest expense in accordance with key terms of the notes as amended.

 

  (m) Revenues and Accounts Receivable

Collection revenue is recognized upon the collection of defaulted loan and debt payments. Bonus revenue is recognized upon receipt of official notification of bonus award from customers. Loan rehabilitation revenue is recognized when the rehabilitated loans are sold (funded) by clients.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company had 3 clients whose individual revenues were greater than 10 percent of the Company’s total revenues. The dollar amount and percent of total revenue of each of these 3 clients is summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

Description

   2009 Revenue      Percent of
total  revenue
 

1

   $         25,915         23.6

2

     19,670         17.9

3

     12,496         11.4

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had 4 clients whose individual revenues were greater than 10 percent of the Company’s total revenues. The dollar amount and percent of total revenue of each of these 4 clients is summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

Description

   2010 Revenue      Percent of
total  revenue
 

1

   $         27,881         22.6

2

     20,776         16.8

3

     17,287         14.0

4

     15,445         12.5

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had 5 clients whose individual revenues were greater than 10 percent of the Company’s total revenues. The dollar amount and percent of total revenue of each of these 5 clients is summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

Description

   2011 Revenue      Percent of
total  revenue
 

1

   $         30,732         18.9

2

     28,504         17.5

3

     21,812         13.4

4

     21,549         13.2

5

     17,934         11.0

The Company derived approximately 24%, 23% and 19% of revenues in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, from a contract with one customer. Revenue from the largest three customers was 53%,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

53% and 50% of total revenue in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Accounts receivable due from these three customers were 41%, 41% and 25% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Amounts collected on trade accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by specific identification. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

  (n) Legal Expenses

The Company recognizes legal fees related to litigation as they are incurred.

 

  (o) Comprehensive Income

The Company has no components of comprehensive income other than its net income. Accordingly, comprehensive income is equivalent to net income.

 

  (p) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, short-term debt and long-term debt. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values based on quoted market values or due to their short-term maturities. The carrying values of short-term debt, and long-term debt approximate fair value due to their variable interest rates, which approximate market rates.

 

  (q) Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset-and-liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and for taxation purposes. Deferred incomle tax assets and liabilities are measured using the rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Beginning with the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , included in FASB ASC Subtopic 740-10, Income Taxes – Overall , as of January 1, 2009, the Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Prior to the adoption of Interpretation No. 48, the Company recognized the effect of income tax positions only if such positions were probable of being sustained.

The Company believes its tax positions to be highly certain and thus has recorded no tax reserves during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

The Company records interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in selling, general, and administrative expenses. There were no interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

  (r) Preferred Stock

The carrying amounts of preferred stock are periodically increased by amounts representing dividends not currently declared or paid, but which would be payable under certain redemption features. Such increases in carrying amounts are recorded against retained earnings.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
  (s) Stock Options

The Company accounts for its employee stock-based compensation awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation . FASB ASC Topic 718 requires that all employee stock-based compensation is recognized as a cost in the financial statements and that for equity-classified awards, such cost is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The Company estimates grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model.

FASB ASC Topic 718 also requires that excess tax benefits recognized in equity related to stock option exercises are reflected as financing cash inflows. While the Company did not have such tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options in 2009, 2010 and 2011, to the extent they occur, future benefits will be so presented.

 

  (t) Earnings per Share

Basic income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of Series A preferred shares outstanding during the period. The Series A shares are included in the basic denominator because they can be converted into common shares for no cash consideration (via conversion units as further described in Note 6), and are thus considered outstanding common shares in computing basic earnings per share. Diluted income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Our common share equivalents consist of stock options and restricted stock awards and units.

The following table reconciles the basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding using the treasury stock method (shares in thousands):

 

       Year Ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

     42,962         42,962         42,962   

Dilutive effect of stock options

     0         2,057         2,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

     42,962         45,019         45,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (u) Pro Forma Net Income Per Share (unaudited)

In accordance with paragraph 3420.2 of the “SEC Division of Corporation Finance - Financial Reporting Manual”, a pro-forma calculation is presented on the face of the consolidated statement of operations regarding distributions to owners made at or prior to the closing of an initial public offering. In addition to historical basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, the pro-forma earnings per share calculation includes the following:

 

   

The number of offering shares that would be necessary to issue to redeem the remaining $58.2 million of Series B preferred stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2011. At an assumed offering price of $13 per share, approximately 4,481,000 shares would be required to be issued to redeem these remaining shares of series B preferred stock;

 

   

The number of offering shares that would be necessary to issue to pay Parthenon Capital Partners for the termination of the Advisory Agreement of $1.3 million. At an assumed offering price of $13 per share, 100,000 shares would be required to be issued to pay Parthenon Capital Partners the termination fee;

 

   

The number of offering shares that would be necessary to pay the 1% transaction fee of $1.5 million to Parthenon Capital Partners. At an assumed offering price of $13 per share, approximately 115,000 shares would be required to be issued to pay Parthenon Capital Partners the transaction fee;

For purposes of the pro-forma per share calculation, the number of offering shares that would be required for each of the above, totaling approximately 4,696,000, have been added to the denominator for purposes of the pro forma disclosure.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
  (v) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Company will implement the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income . Under this ASU, an entity will have the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. The ASU eliminates the option in U.S. GAAP to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. An entity should apply the ASU retrospectively. For a nonpublic entity, the ASU is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2012, and interim and annual periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. In December 2011, the FASB decided to defer the effective date of those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate only to the presentation of reclassification adjustments in the statement of operations by issuing ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 . The Company plans to implement the provisions of ASU 2011-05 by presenting a separate statement of other comprehensive income following the statement of operations in 2012.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs . The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS. A nonpublic entity is required to apply the ASU prospectively for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company expects that the adoption of ASU 2011-04 in 2012 will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

  (w) Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2009 and 2010 balances to conform to the 2011 presentation. Such reclassifications have no effect on net income or retained earnings as previously reported.

 

(2) Property, Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements consist of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

       2010      2011  

Land

     $   1,767             1,767    

Building and leasehold improvements

     4,672          4,797    

Furniture, equipment, and automobile

     3,310          3,612    

Computer hardware and software

     25,630          31,197    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     35,379          41,373    

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

       (21,854)         (26,458)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 13,525           14,915    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of property, equipment, and leasehold improvements amounted to $3,828,000, $4,168,000 and $4,721,000 in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
(3) Identifiable Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2010

   Gross value      Accumulated
amortization
     Net value  

Customer contracts and related relationships

     $ 62,046               (22,487)               39,559     

Covenants not to compete

     3,600           (3,600)           —     

Trademarks and trade names

     13,400           —           13,400     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     $ 79,046           (26,087)           52,959     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

   Gross value      Accumulated
amortization
     Net value  

Customer contracts and related relationships

     $ 62,046               (25,530)               36,516     

Covenants not to compete

     3,600               (3,600)           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     $ 65,646           (29,130)           36,516     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets amounted to $3,227,000, $3,043,000 and $3,043,000 in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five following fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 3,043   

2013

     3,043   

2014

     3,043   

2015

     3,043   

2016

     3,043   

After 2016

     21,301   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,516   
  

 

 

 

 

(4) Notes Payable

Notes payable consist of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

       2010     2011  

Term A-1 Loan, interest at Prime +3.00% or LIBOR (subject to a 2.00% floor) + 4.00%, which was 6.00% at December 31, 2010

   $ 3,000          

Term A-2 Loan, interest at Prime +4.50% or LIBOR (subject to a 2.00% floor) + 5.50%, which was 7.50% at December 31, 2010 and LIBOR +5.50%, which was 7.75% at December 31, 2011

     44,133        33,185   

Term B Loan, interest at Prime + 10.75% or LIBOR (subject to a 2.00% floor effective June 25, 2010) + 11.75%, which was 13.75% at December 31, 2010, and LIBOR + 11.75%, which was 14.00% at December 31, 2011

     62,000        62,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Term A-1 Loan, Term A-2 Loan, and the Term B Loan are subject to Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June 25, 2010, Waiver and Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June 9, 2009, Waiver and Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June 10, 2008, Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June 25, 2007, Consent, Waiver, and Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 28, 2006, and to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 4, 2005, secured by all assets and liabilities

     109,133        95,185   

Less current portion

     (12,500     (8,134
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 96,633        87,051   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The maturities of the notes outstanding as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 95,185   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 95,185   
  

 

 

 

See revised maturities table at Note 12 for debt recapitalization that occurred subsequent to year end.

Principal and interest payments are due and paid periodically in accordance with the note terms. The Term A-2 Note and the Term B Note are held by a number of lenders, some of whom are also minority shareholders of the Company and therefore are related parties.

On June 25, 2010, the Company entered into Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (Fifth Amendment). As part of the Fifth Amendment, the existing Term A Loan was replaced by new Term A-1 and Term A-2 loans in the amount of $10.5 million and $44.1 million, respectively. The final maturity of Term A-1 is February 2011, and the final maturity of Term A-2 is March 2012. In addition, the Term-B loan amount was reset to $62.0 million, with a final maturity of September 2012. Fees associated with the Fifth Amendment of $1,172,000 were capitalized, and are being amortized to interest expense over the lives of the respective loans along with existing fees at June 25, 2010 of $1,501,000.

On June 9, 2009, the Company entered into a Waiver and Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (Fourth Amendment) in which certain restrictive covenants were amended or waived through February 4, 2011.

Fees associated with the Fourth Amendment totaling $1,023,000 were capitalized and were expensed over the amendment period up to the signing of the Fifth Amendment on June 25, 2010, after which they have been expensed over the lives of the loans as laid out in the Fifth Amendment. These fees were paid in cash.

On June 10, 2008, the Company entered into a Waiver and Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (Third Amendment) in which certain restrictive covenants were amended or waived. The Third Amendment called for the Company to refinance its debt by June 15, 2009 in which case it would not be required to pay-in-kind (by addition to the principal of the outstanding term loans) to the lenders an additional amendment fee of $3,000,000. The Company did not refinance its debt by the June 15, 2009 date, and as a consequence, $1,100,000 was added to the principal balance of the Term A loan, and $1,900,000 was added to the principal balance of the Term B loan. The $3,000,000 fee was being expensed over the period June 15, 2009 – February 4, 2011 up to the signing of the Fifth Amendment on June 25, 2010, after which it has been expensed over the lives of the loans as laid out in the Fifth Amendment.

The February 4, 2005, Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive financial covenants, which require, among other things, that the Company meet a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum interest coverage ratio, maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio, and maximum capital expenditures limit. The Fifth Amendment amended certain of these financial covenants for the period June 25, 2010 through September 30, 2012, while the Fourth Amendment amended certain of these financial covenants for the period June 9, 2009 through February 4, 2011.

The Company has a line of credit subject to the terms of the Fifth Amendment, the Fourth Amendment, the Third Amendment, the Second Amendment, and the February 4, 2005 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the agreements, borrowings may not exceed $10 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Borrowings accrue interest at Prime (subject, under the Fifth Amendment, to a floor equal to the greatest of the Prime Rate per The Wall Street Journal , the Federal Funds Rate +0.50%, or 3.00%) + 2.75% or LIBOR (subject, under the Fifth Amendment, to a floor of 2.00%) + 3.75%, which was 6.00% at December 31, 2011, and at Prime + 2.75% or LIBOR + 3.75%, which was 5.75% at December 31, 2010. The line expires March 30, 2012. Borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $8,198,000. In addition, the Company has letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $1,400,000 and $1,410,000 that are secured by the line of credit, leaving remaining borrowing capacity under the line of credit of $402,000 and $392,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
(5) Commitments under Operating Leases

The Company leases office facilities and certain equipment. Future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2012

   $ 1,402   

2013

     699   

2014

     687   

2015

     128   

2016

     7   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,923   
  

 

 

 

Lease expense was $1,835,000, $1,949,000 and $1,950,000 in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

(6) Capital Stock

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Company has authority to issue is 96,000,000, consisting of 18,000,000 shares of Series A Participating Senior Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock), $0.0001 par value per share (Series A Preferred Stock); 18,000,000 shares of Series B Redeemable Senior Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (Series B Preferred Stock); and 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

  (a) Series A Preferred Stock

Issuanc e – On May 23, 2006, the Company sold 5,295,676 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to shareholders at a price of $5.67 per share, receiving gross proceeds of $30,000,000, and net proceeds of $29,925,000 after issuance costs of $75,000.

Dividends – The holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends as declared by the board of directors. The dividends accrue on a daily basis at the rate of 12% per annum on the sum of the Liquidation Value plus accumulated dividends and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon from the date of issuance of the Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has accrued dividends payable of $28,248,000 recorded as an increase to the Series A Preferred Stock.

Voting – Each share of Series A Preferred Stock entitles the holder to cast a number of votes per share equal to the number of votes that the holder would be entitled to cast assuming that such shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted into shares of Common Stock.

Liquidation – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, before any distribution or payment to holders of Common Stock, but on parity with the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid an amount equal to the Liquidation Value of $5.67 per share plus any accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. In addition to the payments set forth above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to participate, on a parity and ratably on a per-share basis with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to all such distributions or payments that the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such holders’ shares of Series A Preferred Stock were convertible immediately prior to any relevant record date or payment date in connection with liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, but only to the extent that shares of Common Stock would participate in such distributions or payments (and such payment shall be junior to all equity securities of the Company that rank senior to the Common Stock, including without limitation the Series B Preferred Stock).

Conversion – The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into Conversion Units (as defined below), at a rate of one Conversion Unit for one share of Series A Preferred Stock. A Conversion Unit consists of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Liquidation Value of the

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Series A Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price then in effect (the Common Portion) and (ii) one share of Series B Preferred Stock (the Series B Portion) subject to adjustments. If upon conversion there are any unpaid, accrued, or accumulated dividends due on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such dividends continue to be deferred, but are considered unpaid, accrued, or accumulated dividends (as the case may be) due on the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

   

Optional conversion – Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into a Conversion Unit at any time after the date of issuance of such share.

 

   

Automatic conversion – Each share of Series A Preferred Stock automatically can be converted into Conversion Units on the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

   

Conversion price – The initial Conversion Price of the shares issued in May 2006 is $5.67 per share. In order to prevent dilution of the conversion rights granted to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price is subject to adjustment from time to time under certain circumstances. If the Company (i) declares a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of its capital stock (including Common Stock), (ii) subdivides the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combines the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Common Stock, then, in each such case, the Conversion Price is to be proportionately adjusted so that, in connection with a conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock after such date, the holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock, which, if the conversion had occurred immediately prior to such date, the holder would have owned upon such conversion and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination, or reclassification.

 

  (b) Series B Preferred Stock

Issuances – There are no outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

Dividends – The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, as declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends accrue on a daily basis at the rate of 12% per annum on the sum of the Liquidation Value thereof plus all accumulated dividends and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon from and including the date of issuance of such Preferred Stock. Such dividends accrue whether or not they are declared.

Voting – The holders of Series B Preferred Stock do not have any right to vote.

Liquidation – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, before any distribution or payment to holders of Common Stock, but on parity with the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid an amount equal to the Liquidation Value ($5.67 per share) plus any accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon.

Redemption – The Company, at its option, has the ability to redeem all or any portion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. The total sum payable by the Corporation per share of Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed equals the Liquidation Value thereof plus an amount equal to all accumulated or accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (the Series B Redemption Price).

The Series B Preferred Stock is subject to mandatory redemption in the event of an initial public offering at a price per share equal to the Series B Redemption Price.

The Series B Preferred Stock is subject to redemption on or after January 7, 2011 at the request of the holders of a majority of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock (together as a single class).

 

F-17


Table of Contents
(7) Stock-Based Compensation

 

  (a) Stock Options

The Company has established the 2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan, the DCS Holdings, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (Performant Financial Corporation is the new name of DCS Holdings, Inc.), and the Performant Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Option Plan (the Plans). Under the terms of the 2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan, stock options may be granted for up to 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued Common Stock. “Tranche I” options granted under the 2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan generally vest over a five-year period. “Tranche II” options granted under the plan allow for accelerated vesting in as few as five years if certain performance criteria are met, with full vesting occurring in no later than the end of seven years.

Under the terms of the DCS Holdings, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock bonuses, and rights to acquire restricted stock may be granted for up to 3,600,000 shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued Common Stock. Options granted under the DCS Holdings, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan generally vest over a four-year period.

Under the terms of the Performant Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Option Plan, incentive and nonqualified stock options may be granted for up to 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued Common Stock. Options granted under the Performant Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Option Plan generally vest over a five-year period.

The exercise price of incentive stock options shall generally not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to the option on the date that the option is granted. The exercise price of nonqualified stock options shall generally not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to the option on the date that the option is granted. Options issued under the Plans have a maximum term of 10 years and vest over schedules determined by the board of directors. Options issued under the Plans generally provide for immediate vesting of unvested shares in the event of a sale of the Company.

In 2005, in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB Topic ASC 718, the payment of $35.6 million in dividends to Common Stockholders at the February 4, 2005 recapitalization date was determined to be a deemed modification to the terms of the Company’s outstanding stock option agreements. The value of the Company’s outstanding stock options was therefore remeasured, resulting in a total of $11.5 million of noncash compensation costs as of the recapitalization date. Of this amount, $521,000, $415,000 and $0 have been amortized to compensation expense in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, based on the vesting status of the underlying option shares.

The fair value of each new option award is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the assumptions in the following table:

 

     2009     2010     2011  

Valuation assumptions:

      

Expected volatility

     37.5     40.6     39.8

Expected term (years)

     6.3        6.3        6.3   

Risk-free interest rate

     3.1     2.8     1.2

The volatility rate is derived from historical volatility data of comparable peer companies over a term comparable to the expected term of the options issued. The expected term of the award is determined based on the average of the vesting term and the contractual term.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Options have been granted, exercised, and canceled as follows:

 

     Outstanding
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     4,699,750      $ 0.50         7.4   

Granted

     870,000        1.18      

Forfeited

     (126,250     0.50      

Exercised

            
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     5,443,500      $ 0.61         6.9   

Granted

     202,000        1.50      

Forfeited

     (134,750     0.56      

Exercised

            
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     5,510,750        0.64         6.0   

Granted

     180,000        5.50      

Forfeited

     (25,282     0.74      

Exercised

     (718     0.50      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     5,664,750        0.80         5.2   
  

 

 

      

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     4,440,550        0.58         4.6   

Options available for issuance as of December 31, 2011 are 1,879,256.

Nonvested options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and changes during 2011 were as follows:

 

     Nonvested
options
outstanding
    Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

     2,254,200      $ 0.78         6.8   

Granted

     180,000        5.50      

Vested

     (1,204,802     0.67      

Forfeited

     (5,198     1.27      
  

 

 

      

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

     1,224,200        1.59         7.4   
  

 

 

      

At December 31, 2010 and 2011, there was $367,000 and $568,000, respectively, of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock awards included as a component of additional paid-in capital.

At December 31, 2010, options with a weighted average exercise price of $0.55 were exercisable on 3,256,550 shares. Cash received from option exercises was $0 during 2010 and $359 during 2011. The intrinsic value associated with the exercise of options was $0 in 2009 and 2010, and $3,400 in 2011.

 

  (b) Restricted Stock

Option Agreements issued under the 2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan allow for the participants to exercise options whether or not vesting has occurred, provided that the participants enter into a restricted stock agreement. The restricted stock agreement is to specify that the stock issued for unvested options will continue vesting, with the unvested shares subject to repurchase at the lower of original cost and fair market value.

In January 2005, two executives exercised a portion of their options, including unvested options, by entering into restricted stock agreements with the Company. The restricted stock agreements allow for the executives to receive dividend payments, subject to forfeiture if the executives leave the Company prior to the vesting of the restricted shares. On February 4, 2005, forfeitable dividends of $972,000

 

F-19


Table of Contents

were paid on the executives’ unvested restricted shares. This amount has been recorded as “due from stockholders” in the equity caption of the consolidated balance sheet, and is being amortized into compensation expense as the underlying unvested restricted shares vest. Compensation expense associated with the forfeitable dividends received on unvested restricted shares was $106,000, $106,000 and $0 in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

(8) Employee Benefit Plans

 

  (a) 401(k) Salary Deferral Plan

The Company has a 401(k) Salary Deferral Plan (the Plan) covering all full-time employees who have met certain service requirements. Employees may contribute a portion of their salary up to the maximum limit established by the Internal Revenue Code for such plans. Employer contributions are discretionary. No matching contributions were made during 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

(9) Income Taxes

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     2009      2010      2011  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 4,697          5,500             14,053    

State

     1,298          1,132          3,103    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,995          6,632          17,156    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

   $  (2,260)         (172)         (7,350)   

State

     (664)         204          (2,290)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (2,924)         32          (9,640)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,071              6,664           7,516    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation between the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% to income before taxes and the Company’s tax provision for 2009, 2010 and 2011 is as follows:

 

     2009      2010      2011  

Expected federal income tax provision (benefit)

          35%              35%              35%   

State tax, net of federal benefit

     5             5             3       

Permanent differences

     2             2             1       

Other

     (4)           (2)           (1)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     38%         40%         38%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

     2010      2011  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Bad debt reserve

   $       18          30    

Vacation accrual

     341          315    

Remeasurement expense nonqualified stock options

     1,156          1,137    

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     1,806          1,822    

Acquisition costs

     266          229    

Bonus accrual

     —          483    

State tax deferral

     433          1,041    

Stock option compensation

     702          690    

Legal settlement

     —          516    

Deferred revenue

     —          1,284    

State tax credits

     —          386    

Other

     —          409    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,722          8,342    

Valuation allowance

     —          (148)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,722          8,194    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Identifiable intangible assets

     (21,095)         (14,307)   

Book versus tax depreciation

     (2,104)         (3,029)   

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     (428)         (135)   

State net operating loss carryforward

     (34)         (22)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (23,661)             (17,493)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $   (18,939)         (9,299)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets, except for certain state tax credits. Income tax expense is allocated to the subsidiaries included in the consolidated tax return on the basis of the subsidiaries’ stand-alone tax provision.

The Company files federal and state income tax returns. For years before 2007, the Company is no longer subject to federal or state tax examinations.

The Company has state tax credits of $593,228 which can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

(10) Related-Party Transactions

The Company’s notes payable are held by a number of lenders, some of whom also invested in stock or option shares of the Company. As a result, these entities are considered related parties. Interest expense under these arrangements totaled $12,989,000, $13,233,000 and $12,276,000 for 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. During 2010 and 2011, the debt agreements were amended. See further discussion at Note 4.

The Company is a party to an advisory services agreement with an entity associated with its majority stockholder. Expenses incurred under this agreement totaled $684,000, $759,000 and $634,000 in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

In 2010, the Company entered into a year-to-year lease for condominium owned by a Company executive commencing March 2010. Payments for the unit totaled $22,500 and $27,000 in 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
(11) Other Commitments and Contingencies

 

  (a) Trust Funds

The Company collects principal and interest payments and collection costs on defaulted loans for various contracting agencies. Cash collections for some of the Company’s customers are held in trust in bank accounts controlled by the Company. The Company remits trust funds to the contracting agencies on a regular basis. The amount of cash held in trust and the related liability are separated from and not included in the Company’s assets and liabilities. Cash held in trust for customers totaled $2,101,000 and $1,797,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

  (b) Litigation

The Company, during the ordinary course of its operations, has been named in various legal suits and claims, several of which are still pending. In the opinion of management and the Company’s legal counsel, such legal actions will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations or cash flows.

 

(12) Subsequent Events

On March 19, 2012, the Company recapitalized, entering into a credit agreement consisting of a Term A Loan of $57.0 million, a Term B Loan of $79.5 million, and a revolving credit facility of $11.0 million, of which $4.5 million has been drawn. In connection with the recapitalization, the Company’s old credit facility, scheduled to mature in 2012, was extinguished, and the Company’s indebtedness on the old facility was paid in full. Accordingly, the line of credit drawn and the notes payable presented on the December 31, 2011 balance sheet have been reclassified to long-term liabilities to the extent that payments under the new credit agreement extend beyond 2012. Payments under the credit agreement are as follows:

 

2012

   $ 8,134   

2013

     10,845   

2014

     10,845   

2015

     10,845   

2016

     10,845   

Thereafter

     84,986   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 136,500   
  

 

 

 

Proceeds from the new Term A, Term B, and revolving credit facility borrowings were used along with $14.5 million of Company cash to redeem 3,897,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (via conversion units as described in Note 6) plus accrued dividends for a total of $44.0 million. Fees paid in conjunction with the credit agreement totaled $6.5 million, including an agency fee for $1.5 million to an entity associated with the Company’s majority stockholder, and an agreement to grant 215,044 shares of common stock valued at approximately $1.2 million to an investment bank acting as advisor.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through March 22, 2012, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011

Allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

     Balance at      Additions                   Balance at  

Description

   Beginning of Period      Charged against Revenue      Recoveries      Charge-offs     End of Period  

2009

   $ 290                         (69     221   

2010

     221         37            (213     45   

2011

     45         28         14         (10     77   

Reserve for Appeals – RAC Contract (in thousands):

 

     Balance at      Additions      Appeals found in     Balance at  

Description

   Beginning of Period      Charged against Revenue      Providers favor     End of Period  

2009

   $                          

2010

             101                101   

2011

     101         1,743         (910     934   

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

Assets    December 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
 
     (Restated)     (Restated)  

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,004       12,312  

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $63 and $77, respectively

     18,948       23,082  

Deferred income taxes

     5,348       5,348  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,292       2,486  

Debt issuance costs, current portion

     595       1,245  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     48,187       44,473  

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements, net

     14,915       15,059  

Identifiable intangible assets

     36,516       39,042  

Goodwill

     81,572       81,572  

Debt issuance costs

            2,183  

Other assets

     659       694  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 181,849       183,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities:

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of notes payable

   $ 8,134       10,845  

Accrued salaries and benefits

     7,138       5,065  

Accounts payable

     60       709  

Other current liabilities

     8,945       8,435  

Deferred revenue

     2,214       6,108  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     26,491       31,162  

Notes payable, net of current portion

     87,051       125,655  

Line of credit, drawn

     8,198       4,500  

Deferred compensation

     1,761       1,761  

Deferred income taxes

     14,647       14,647  

Other liabilities

     1,158       2,951  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     139,306       180,676  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Redeemable preferred stock (see Note 1)

    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized, 18,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 5,296 and 1,400 shares at December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively

     58,248        15,846   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit (see Note 1)

    

Due from stockholders

     (2,266     (2,294

Common stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized, 60,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 37,667 and 41,819 shares at December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively

     4        4   

Additional paid-in capital

     19,371        20,659   

Accumulated deficit

     (32,814     (31,868
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (15,705     (13,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 181,849        183,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The number of Series A convertible preferred shares outstanding, Series A convertible preferred stock, the number of common shares outstanding, Common stock, and Additional paid-in capital have been restated to give effect to the two-for-one stock split. See Note 1 for additional information.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

       2011     2012  
       (Restated)     (Restated)  

Revenues

     $     35,080           45,878  

Operating expenses:

      

Salaries and benefits

       16,729       18,641  

Other operating expenses

       10,073       16,141  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       26,802       34,782  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

       8,278       11,096  

Debt extinguishment costs

              (3,679

Interest expense

       (3,443     (3,190

Interest income

       32       31  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

       4,867       4,258  

Provision for income taxes

       1,949       1,742  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     $ 2,918       2,516  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrual for preferred stock dividends

       1,531       1,571  

Net income available to common shareholders

     $ 1,387       945  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders (see Note 1)

      

Basic

     $ 0.03        0.02   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     $ 0.03        0.02   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares (see Note 1)

      

Basic

       42,962        42,985   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

       45,069        46,225   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share

      

Basic

       $ 0.02   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ 0.02   
      

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share

      

Basic

         47,257   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

         50,497   
      

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders and weighted-average shares outstanding have been restated to give effect to the two-for-one stock split. See Note 1 for additional information.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

For the Three months ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

    Redeemable Preferred Stock                                                  
    Series A
Convertible preferred stock
    Series A
Convertible preferred stock
    Due from
stockholders
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in

capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
        Shares             Amount             Shares             Amount           Shares     Amount        

Balance, December 31, 2011 (as Reported)

         $        5,296      $ 58,248        (2,266     37,667      $ 4        19,371        (32,814     42,543   
 

 

 

   

 

 

                 

Adjustment

    5,296        58,248        (5,296     (58,248                                        (58,248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011 (as Restated)

    5,296       58,248                     (2,266     37,667       4       19,371       (32,814     (15,705
 

Increase in redemption value of Series A preferred stock

           1,570                                                 (1,570     (1,570

Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to Series B Preferred Stock which was immediately redeemed for cash

           (43,972                                                        

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock to common stock

    (3,897                                 3,897                              

Exercise of stock options

                                       40             20              20  

Issuance of stock

                                       215              1,216               1,216   

Interest on notes receivable from stockholders

                                (28                                 (28

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                     52              52  

Net income

                                                            2,516       2,516  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2012 (as Restated)

    1,399     $   15,846                       (2,294       41,819     $   4         20,659         (31,868)          (13,499
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The number of Series A convertible preferred shares outstanding, Series A convertible preferred stock, the number of common shares outstanding, Common stock, and Additional paid-in capital have been restated to give effect to the two-for-one stock split. See Note 1 for additional information.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

       2011      2012  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net income

     $     2,917        2,516  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

       1,881        2,214  

Write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs

               335  

Deferred income taxes

       39          

Stock option compensation

       28        52  

Interest expense from debt issuance costs

       336        282  

Interest income on notes receivable from stockholders

       (26      (29

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Trade accounts receivable

       (3,631      (4,134

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

       1,586        806  

Other assets

       (25      (35

Accrued salaries and benefits

       694        (2,073

Accounts payable

       381        649  

Other current liabilities

       4,948        (1,583

Deferred revenue

               3,894  

Other liabilities

       60        (52
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

       9,188        2,842  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Purchase of property, equipment, and leasehold improvements

       (1,046      (1,203

Purchase of HOPS perpetual software license and computer equipment

               (760
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

       (1,046      (1,963
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Borrowing under notes payable

               136,500  

Borrowing under line of credit

               4,500  

Redemption of preferred stock

               (43,973

Repayment of notes payable

       (3,500      (95,185

Repayment of line of credit

               (8,198

Debt issuance costs paid

               (2,235

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

               20  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

       (3,500      (8,571
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

       4,642        (7,692

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       11,078        20,004  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     $ 15,720        12,312  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures information:

       

Cash paid for income taxes

     $ 143        1,740  

Cash paid for interest

       41        2,912  

Cash paid as debt extinguishment

               3,344  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Note payable to sellers of perpetual license

               3,250  

Issuance of common stock as part of debt issuance costs

               1,216  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011, and March 31, 2012

(Unaudited)

 

(1) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP, for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim financial statements furnished herein include all adjustments necessary (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) for a fair presentation of our and our subsidiaries’ financial position at March 31, 2012, the results of our operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012. Interim financial statements are prepared on a basis consistent with our annual financial statements. The financial statements included herein should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes included in our Annual Report on Form S-1 for the year ended December 31, 2011, which we refer to as our Annual Report.

On July 26, 2012, the Company effected a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s common shares. Accordingly, all per share amounts, average shares outstanding, shares outstanding, and equity based compensation presented in the consolidated financial statements and notes have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the stock split. Shareholders’ deficit has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock split for all periods presented by reclassifying the par value of the additional shares issued in connection with the stock split to Additional paid-in capital. Concurrently with the stock split, the authorized common stock was increased from 25,000,000 shares to 60,000,000 shares.

As more fully described in Note 1 to the financial statements included in our Annual Report, the accompanying financial statements have been restated to correct an error in the balance sheet presentation of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred shares. The purpose of the restatement is to classify the balances outside of permanent equity, as they are redeemable at the option of the holders. The following financial statement line items were affected (in thousands):

 

     As originally reported      As adjusted     Effect of the change  

March 31, 2012

       

Redeemable preferred stock

   $         15,846        15,846   

Total stockholders equity/deficit

     2,347         (13,499     (15,846

December 31, 2011

       

Redeemable preferred stock

   $         58,248        58,248   

Total stockholders equity/deficit

     42,543         (15,705     (58,248

 

F-28


Table of Contents

As the conversion of the Shares discussed above results in the issuance of common shares, we have corrected the weighted average shares outstanding and earnings per share disclosures. The per share impact of these changes is shown below.

 

     As originally reported      As adjusted      Effect of the change  

Three months ended March 31, 2012

        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.02       $ 0.02       $ —     

Diluted

   $ 0.02       $ 0.02       $ —     

Weighted average shares (in thousands)

        

Basic

     38,209         42,985         4,776   

Diluted

     41,449         46,225         4,776   

Three months ended March 31, 2011

        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.04       $ 0.03       $ (0.01

Diluted

   $ 0.03       $ 0.03       $ —     

Weighted average shares (in thousands)

        

Basic

     37,666         42,962         5,296   

Diluted

     39,774         45,070         5,296   

The restatement had no effect on the cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities. The restatement also impacted Note 9.

We are a leading provider of technology-enabled recovery and analytics services in the United States. Our services help identify, restructure and recover delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments for both government and private clients in a broad range of markets. Our clients typically operate in complex and regulated environments and outsource their recovery needs in order to reduce losses on billions of dollars of defaulted student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. We generally provide our services on an outsourced basis, where we handle many or all aspects of the clients’ recovery processes.

These consolidated financial statements include our accounts and transactions and those of our wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

We are managed and operated as one business, with a single management team that reports to the Chief Executive Officer.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, primarily accounts receivable, intangible assets and accrued expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Our actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
(2) Acquisitions

HOPS, Inc.

In February 2012, we purchased a perpetual software license and computer equipment from HOPS, a non-public Florida company, in a transaction valued at $3.7 million. The purchase agreement calls for a total of $4,000,000 in cash payments to be made over an approximate 3 year period, beginning with an initial payment of $750,000 which was made in February, 2012, followed by quarterly payments of $250,000. As part of the transaction valuation, these payments were discounted to a present value using an estimate of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital. The purchase is being treated as a business combination for accounting purposes; the following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired at the acquisition date (in thousands)

 

     February 1, 2012  

Computer equipment

   $ 280   

Identifiable intangible assets

     3,400   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

   $ 3,680   
  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the intangible assets acquired from HOPS (in thousands):

 

     February 1, 2012  

Perpetual license

   $ 3,250   

Customer relationships

     150   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,400   
  

 

 

 

The following represents our pro forma Consolidated Statements of Income as if HOPS had been included in our consolidated results for the three months ending March 31, 2011 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

(unaudited)

   For the three months
ending March 31,
2011
 

Total revenue

   $ 36,127   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,632   
  

 

 

 

Earnings per share

  

Basic

   $ 0.00   

Diluted

   $ 0.00   

 

(3) Identifiable Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2011

   Gross value      Accumulated
amortization
    Net value  

Customer contracts and related relationships

   $ 62,046         (25,530     36,516   

Covenants not to compete

     3,600         (3,600       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 65,646         (29,130     36,516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2012

   Gross value      Accumulated
amortization
    Net value  

Customer contracts and related relationships

   $ 62,196         (26,296     35,900   

Covenants not to compete

     3,600         (3,600       

Perpetual license

     3,250         (108     3,142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 69,046         (30,004     39,042   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, amortization expense related to intangible assets amounted to $761,000 and $875,000, respectively.

The estimated aggregate amortization expense is expected to be (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2012

   $ 2,798   

2013

     3,731   

2014

     3,731   

2015

     3,731   

2016

     3,696   

After 2016

     21,355   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,042   
  

 

 

 

 

(4) Credit Agreement

On March 19, 2012 the Company recapitalized, entering into a credit agreement (the Agreement) consisting of a Term A Loan of $57.0 million, a Term B Loan of $79.5 million, and a revolving credit facility of $11.0 million, of which $4.5 million has been drawn. In connection with the recapitalization, the Company’s old credit facility, scheduled to mature in 2012, was extinguished, and the Company’s indebtedness on the old facility was paid in full. Payments under the Agreement are as follows:

 

Remainder of 2012

   $ 8,134   

2013

     10,845   

2014

     10,845   

2015

     10,845   

2016

     10,845   

Thereafter

     84,986   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 136,500   
  

 

 

 

Proceeds from the new Term A, Term B, and revolving credit facility borrowings were used along with $14.5 million of Company cash to redeem 3,897,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (via conversion units as described in Note 6) plus accrued dividends for a total of $44.0 million. Fees paid in conjunction with the credit agreement totaled $6.5 million, including an agency fee for $1.5 million to an entity associated with the Company’s majority stockholder, and an agreement to grant 215,044 shares of common stock valued at approximately $1.2 million to an investment bank acting as advisor.

The Term A Loan is charged interest either at Prime (subject to a 2.50% floor) +4.25% or LIBOR (subject to a 1.50% floor) +5.25%, which was 7.50% at March 31, 2012. The Term A loan requires quarterly payments of $2.5 million beginning in June, 2012, with the remaining outstanding principal balance due March 19, 2017.

The Term B loan is charged interest at Prime +4.75% (subject to a 2.50% floor) or LIBOR (subject to a 1.50% floor) +5.75% which was 8.00% at March 31, 2012. The Term B loan requires quarterly payments of $0.2 million beginning in June, 2012, with the outstanding principal balance due March 19, 2018.

The Company has a line of credit under the Agreement which allows for borrowings of up to $11 million. Borrowings accrue interest at Prime + 4.25% or LIBOR + 5.25%, which was 7.50% at March 31, 2012. Both the Prime and the LIBOR alternatives are subject to minimum rate floors. Borrowings under this line of credit at March 31, 2012 were $4,500,000, and the Company has a letter of credit outstanding in the amount of $1,400,000, leaving remaining borrowing capacity under the line of credit of $5,100,000 at March 31, 2012. The line of credit expires in March 19, 2017.

The Agreement contains certain restrictive financial covenants, which require, among other things, that the Company meet a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio, and maximum capital expenditures limit.

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Debt issuance costs of $3,450,000 were capitalized, including $1,475,000 of agent fees paid to an entity associated with the Company’s majority stockholder, and $760,000 paid to third parties for legal and other services and a grant of 215,044 shares of common stock issued as compensation to an investment bank acting as advisor valued at approximately $1,215,000. These costs are being amortized to expense over the life of the new loans. Accumulated amortization of debt issuance costs amounted to $22,000 at March 31, 2012.

Debt extinguishment costs of $3,679,000 were expensed, including $3,344,000 of fees paid to lenders, and $335,000 of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the old credit facility.

 

(5) Commitments under Operating Leases

The Company leases office facilities and certain equipment. In January 2012, the Company renewed two of its facilities leases and entered into a new lease agreement for approximately 6,000 square feet in Livermore, California.

Future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases as of March 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2012

   $  1,086   

2013

     1,219   

2014

     1,230   

2015

     694   

2016

     595   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,824   
  

 

 

 

Lease expense was $485,000 and $600,000, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

 

(6) Capital Stock

 

  (a) Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock

On March 19, 2012, the Company recapitalized. As part of the recapitalization, 3,897,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into conversion units, which consisted of one share of Series B Preferred Stock and one share of Common stock. The Series B Preferred shares plus accrued dividends were redeemed for cash of $44,000,000, and 3,897,000 shares of Common Stock were issued to the holders of the redeemed Preferred Series A shares.

 

  (b) Issuance of Common Shares as Compensation

As part of the March 19, 2012 recapitalization, the Company issued to its financial advisor as compensation in connection with the debt portion of the recapitalization 215,044 shares of common stock valued at approximately $1,215,000. This amount represents debt issuance costs and is being amortized to expense over the 5 to 6 year life of the loans described in Note 4.

 

(7) Stock-Based Compensation

Total stock-based compensation expense charged as salaries and benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations was $52,000 and $28,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

The fair value of each new option award is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the assumptions in the following table (no options were granted in the three months ended March 31, 2011):

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2011     2012  

Valuation assumptions:

    

Expected volatility

         39.8

Expected term (years)

            6.5   

Risk-free interest rate

         1.6

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The volatility rate is derived from historical volatility data of comparable peer companies over a term comparable to the expected term of the options issued. The expected term of the award is determined based on the average of the vesting term and the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury Notes.

Options have been granted, exercised, and canceled as follows:

 

     Outstanding
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
per share
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     5,664,750        0.80         5.2   

Granted

     100,000        5.65      

Forfeited

     0             

Exercised

     (40,000     0.50      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at March 31, 2012

     5,724,750        0.88         5.2   
  

 

 

      

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     4,589,050        0.59         4.7   

 

(8) Income Taxes

Our effective tax rate increased from 40.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to 40.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

We file income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2008. We operate in a number of state and local jurisdictions, most of which have never audited our records. Accordingly, we are subject to state and local income tax examinations based upon the various statutes of limitations in each jurisdiction. We are currently being examined by the IRS and the States of New York and California.

 

(9) Earnings per Share

Basic income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of series A preferred shares outstanding during the period. The series A shares are included in the basic denominator because they can be converted to common shares for no cash consideration and are thus considered outstanding common shares in computing basic earnings per share. Diluted income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Our common share equivalents consist of stock options and restricted stock awards and units.

The following table reconciles the basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding using the treasury stock method (shares in thousands):

 

     Quarter Ended March 31,  
         2011              2012      

Weighted average shares outstanding –

     

basic

     42,962         42,985   

Dilutive effect of stock options

     2,108         3,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding –

     

diluted

     45,070         46,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

(10) Pro Forma Net Income Per Share

In accordance with paragraph 3420.2 of the “SEC Division of Corporation Finance - Financial Reporting Manual”, a pro-forma calculation is presented on the face of the consolidated statement of operations regarding distributions to owners made at or prior to the closing of an initial public offering. In addition to historical basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, the pro-forma earnings per share calculation includes the following:

 

   

The number of offering shares that would be necessary to issue to repay the amount the Company borrowed in March 2012 to redeem $44.0 million of Series B preferred stock less the corresponding interest expense that would not have been incurred. The Company’s incremental borrowing in March 2012 was $37.6 million, less approximately $0.7 million of avoided interest, and incremental borrowing was $36.9 million. At an assumed offering price of $13 per share, approximately 2,838,000 shares would be required to be issued to repay these additional borrowings;

 

   

The number of offering shares that would be necessary to issue to redeem the remaining $15.8 million of Series B preferred stock that remained outstanding as of March 31, 2012. At an assumed offering price of $13 per share, approximately 1,215,000 shares would be required to be issued to redeem these remaining shares of series B preferred stock;

 

   

The number of offering shares that would be necessary to issue to pay Parthenon Capital Partners for the termination of the Advisory Agreement of $1.3 million. At an assumed offering price of $13 per share, 100,000 shares would be required to be issued to pay Parthenon Capital Partners the termination fee;

 

   

The number of offering shares that would be necessary to pay the 1% transaction fee of $1.5 million to Parthenon Capital Partners. At an assumed offering price of $13 per share, approximately 115,000 shares would be required to be issued to pay Parthenon Capital Partners the transaction fee;

For purposes of the pro-forma per share calculation, the number of offering shares that would be required for each of the above, totaling approximately 4,268,000, have been added to the denominator for purposes of the pro forma disclosure.

 

(11) Related-Party Transactions

The Company’s notes payable, both before and after the recapitalization of March 19, 2012, are held by a number of lenders, some of whom also invested in stock of the Company. As a result, these entities are considered related parties. Interest expense under these arrangements totaled $3,443,000 and $3,190,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. Debt extinguishment expense associated with the recapitalization totaled $0 and $3,679,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

 

(12) Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through May 21, 2012, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the various expenses expected to be incurred by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 17,190   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

     22,500   

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     25,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     15,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     850,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     800,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     150,000   

Registrar and Transfer Agent’s fees

     10,000   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     110,310   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,000,000   
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102 of the DGCL allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of the DGCL or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that we may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding—other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant—by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the Registrant, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, agent or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (a) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such person acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the Registrant, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the Registrant as well but only to the extent of defense expenses, including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of liability to the Registrant, unless the court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3.2(b) hereto, provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law. In addition, the Registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements, attached as Exhibit 10.1 hereto, with its directors and officers which would require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. The Registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since May 1, 2009, the Registrant has sold the following unregistered securities:

(1) In August 2009, the Registrant granted options under the 2007 Stock Option Plan to purchase 800,000 common shares to officers and employees at a price of $1.175 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $940,000.

(2) In February 2010, the Registrant granted options under the 2007 Stock Option Plan to purchase 10,000 common shares to employees at a price of $1.50 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000.

(3) In October 2011, the Registrant granted options under the 2007 Stock Option Plan to purchase 50,000 common shares to directors at a price of $5.25 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $262,500.

(4) In November and December 2011, the Registrant granted options under the 2007 Stock Option Plan to purchase 130,000 common shares to employees and directors at a price of $5.60 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $728,000.

(5) In March 2012, the Registrant granted options under the 2007 Stock Option Plan to purchase 100,000 common shares to employees at a price of $5.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $565,000.

(6) In March 2012, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 215,044 shares of common stock with a deemed value of $1,215,000 to Financial Technology Partners, LP and FTP Partners LLC as consideration for financial services rendered.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act or on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and option agreements issued in such transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1(a)   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, and amendments thereto.

  3.1(b)**   

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

  3.2(a)**   

Bylaws of Registrant, as amended.

  3.2(b)**   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

  4.2**   

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, among the Registrant and the persons listed therein.

  5.1   

Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.

10.1   

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.

10.2**   

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

10.3**   

2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

10.4**   

2007 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

10.5**   

Recovery Audit Contractor contract by and between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services dated as of October 3, 2008, as amended.

10.6**   

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, by and among DCS Business Services, Inc., the Lenders Party Hereto, Madison Capital Funding LLC, and ING Capital.

10.7   

Form of Change of Control Agreement, as amended.

10.8**   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa Im, dated as of April 15, 2002, as amended.

10.9**   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jon D. Shaver, dated as of March 31, 2003, as amended.

10.10**   

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa C. Im, dated as of July 3, 2012.

10.11**   

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Dr. Jon D. Shaver, dated as of July 3, 2012.

10.12**   

Director Nomination Agreement between the Registrant and Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC dated as of July 20, 2012.

10.13**   

Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated as of January 8, 2004, as amended.

10.14**   

Termination of the Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated as of January 8, 2004, as amended, dated as of April 13, 2012.

10.15**   

2012 Stock Incentive Plan.

21.1**   

List of Subsidiaries.

23.1   

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2   

Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1**   

Power of Attorney (see page II - to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

99.1**   

Confidential Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1.

99.2**   

Amendment No. 1 to Confidential Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

  ** Previously filed.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Financial statement schedule II is included on page F-21. All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, or not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Livermore, State of California, on the 30 th of July, 2012.

 

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By

 

/s/ Lisa C. Im      

 

Lisa C. Im

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Lisa C. Im      

Lisa C. Im

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 30, 2012

/s/ Hakan L. Orvell      

Hakan L. Orvell

  

Chief Financial Officer 

  July 30, 2012

*

Dr. Jon D. Shaver

   Chairman of the Board and Directors   July 30, 2012

*

Todd R. Ford

   Director   July 30, 2012

*

Brian P. Golson

   Director   July 30, 2012

*

William D. Hansen

   Director   July 30, 2012

*

William C. Kessinger

   Director   July 30, 2012

*

Jeffrey S. Stein

   Director   July 30, 2012

 

*By:

 

/s/ Hakan L. Orvell      

 

Hakan L. Orvell

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1(a)
 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, and amendments thereto.

  3.1(b)**  

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

  3.2(a)**  

Bylaws of Registrant, as amended.

  3.2(b)**  

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

  4.2**  

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, among the Registrant and the persons listed therein.

  5.1  

Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.

10.1  

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.

10.2**  

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

10.3**  

2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

10.4**  

2007 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

10.5**  

Recovery Audit Contractor contract by and between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services dated as of October 3, 2008, as amended.

10.6**  

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, by and among DCS Business Services, Inc., the Lenders Party Hereto, Madison Capital Funding LLC, and ING Capital.

10.7  

Form of Change of Control Agreement, as amended.

10.8**  

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa Im, dated as of April 15, 2002, as amended.

10.9**  

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jon D. Shaver, dated as of March 31, 2003, as amended.

10.10**  

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa C. Im, dated as of July 3, 2012.

10.11**  

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Dr. Jon D. Shaver, dated as of July 3, 2012.

10.12**  

Director Nomination Agreement between the Registrant and Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC dated as of July 20, 2012.

10.13**  

Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated as of January 8, 2004, as amended.

10.14**  

Termination of the Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated as of January 8, 2004, as amended, dated as of April 13, 2012.

10.15**  

2012 Stock Incentive Plan.

21.1**  

List of Subsidiaries.

23.1  

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2  

Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1**  

Power of Attorney (see page II - 5 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

99.1**  

Confidential Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1.

99.2**  

Amendment No. 1 to Confidential Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

  ** Previously filed.

Exhibit 1.1

Shares

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

            , 2012


            , 2012

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and

the several Underwriters named in Schedule II

hereto

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Performant Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), and certain shareholders of the Company (the “ Selling Shareholders ”) named in Schedule I(a) and Schedule I(b) hereto severally propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of                 shares of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”), of which                 shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and                 shares are to be sold by the Selling Shareholders, each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule I(a) and Schedule I(b) hereto.

The [ ] also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional                 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as Managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .” The Company and the Selling Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Sellers .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to


the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule III hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) any oral or written communication made by or at the direction of the Company in

 

2


connection with the offering of the Shares under Section 5(d) of the Securities Act, at the time such oral or written communications are made, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (v) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (vi) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(e) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus

 

3


and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, and the statements relating to legal matters, documents or proceedings included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Business—Government Regulation,” fairly summarizes in all material respects such matters, documents or proceedings.

(h) The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(j) With respect to the outstanding stock options granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “ Company Stock Plans ”), (i) each grant of such a stock option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such stock option was by its terms to be effective by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and (ii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, and all applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including all applicable federal securities laws.

(k) Neither the Company nor any of its “significant subsidiaries” (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) is in (i) violation of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or equivalent organizational documents), (ii) default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both,

 

4


would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries is subject, or (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(l) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) above, where such contravention would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(m) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except (i) such as may have previously been obtained, (ii) such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or other foreign jurisdictions or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, and (iii) for any such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders or qualifications, the absence of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(n) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(o) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its

 

5


subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus or proceedings that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described.

(p) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(q) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(r) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(s) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(t) Except as have been described in the Registration Statement and waived in connection with the offering of the Shares contemplated herein, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company

 

6


or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(u) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any affiliate, employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage for the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and the Company and its subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

(v) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(w) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of their subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority to which the

 

7


Company or any of its subsidiaries are subject (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii) For the past 5 years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(x) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, [other than from employees or other service providers in connection with the termination of employment or services] nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(y) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its

 

8


subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(z) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(aa) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent.

(bb) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(cc) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

9


(dd) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(ee) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(ff) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(gg) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(hh) “Lock-up” agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto between the Company and (i) each officer and director of the Company, (ii) each of the Selling Shareholders and (iii) each of the holders set forth on Schedule [    ] hereto relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

(ii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the

 

10


failure to file or pay would not have a material adverse effect, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect.

(jj) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to perform the functions for which they were established.

(kk) When the Company or any person authorized by the Company (i) made any oral or written communication in connection with the offering of the Shares under Section 5(d) of the Securities Act, (ii) made any confidential filing of a draft of the registration statement under Section 6(e) of the Securities Act, and (iii) initially filed the registration statement relating to the offering of the Shares, the Company was an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act.

(ll) Neither the Company nor any person authorized by the Company made any oral or written communication in connection with the offering of the Shares of the type referred to in Section 5(d) of the Securities Act other than with potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or institutions that are accredited investors, as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder.

(b) The execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of, and the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, and, in the case of Selling Shareholders named in Schedule I(b) hereto, the

 

11


Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Shareholder and [ ], as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder (the “ Custody Agreement ”) and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Shareholder’s attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the “ Power of Attorney ”) will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such Selling Shareholder (if such Selling Shareholder is a corporation), (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Shareholder or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder, except, in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv), for any such contraventions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, in the case of Selling Shareholders named in Schedule I(b) hereto, the Custody Agreement or the Power of Attorney or the ability of such Selling Shareholder to perform its obligations hereunder and, if applicable, thereunder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required to be obtained by such Selling Shareholder for the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement or, if applicable, the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling Shareholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares or such as may have previously been obtained or made.

(c) Such Selling Shareholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”) in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances (in the case of Selling Shareholders named in Schedule I(b) hereto, other than those created by the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney) and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and, if applicable, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

(d) In the case of Selling Shareholders named in Schedule I(b) hereto, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Selling Shareholder.

 

12


(e) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be successfully asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Shareholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(f) Such Selling Shareholder is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

(g) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, as of the date of this Agreement, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iv) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under

 

13


which they were made, not misleading; provided , that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph 2(g) are limited in all respects to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by such Selling Shareholder consists of the name of such Selling Shareholder, the number of offered shares and the address and other information with respect to such Selling Shareholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the Time of Sale Prospectus in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the “Selling Shareholder Information”).

(h) Such Selling Shareholder has executed a “lock-up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, that is in full force and effect as of the date hereof and shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

3. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $         a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the [•] agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to                  Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to

 

14


eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

[The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing, (c) transfers by a Selling Shareholder of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift, (d) distributions by a Selling Shareholder of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to limited partners, members or stockholders of the Selling Shareholder; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (c) or (d), (i) each donee or distributee shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph as if it were a Selling Shareholder and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in respect of the transfer or distribution during the 180-day restricted period, or (e) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the 180-day restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company. In addition, each Selling Shareholder, agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and

 

15


Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. Each Selling Shareholder consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of any Shares held by such Selling Shareholder except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company shall provide Morgan Stanley& Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and each individual subject to the 180 -day restricted period pursuant to the lock-up letters described in Section (g) with prior notice of any such announcement that gives rise to an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period.]

If Morgan Stanley& Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(g) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

4. Terms of Public Offering . The Sellers are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $         a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $         a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

5. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in Federal or other funds immediately

 

16


available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on             , 2012, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than             , 2012, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares [to be sold by the Company] shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than             , 2012, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

6. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than                      (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or

 

17


otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received a Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, dated as of the date hereof and on the Closing Date, in his capacity as an officer of the Company and not in his individual capacity, in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, including the opinions set forth in Annex I hereto.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck LLP, Nevada counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, including the opinions set forth in Annex II hereto.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Whalen LLP, counsel for the Selling Shareholders other than Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC, dated the Closing Date, including the opinions set forth in Annex III hereto.

(g) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Robinson, Bradshaw & Itinson, P.A., counsel for Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC, dated the Closing Date, including the opinions set forth in Annex IV hereto.

(h) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

18


(i) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(j) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(k) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer in the form and substance satisfactory to you.

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

7. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, six (6) signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(e) or 7(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

19


(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sales of the Shares, as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the

 

20


circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) If any Seller is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on or before the Closing Date, (i) a certificate with respect to the Company’s status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, as described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3), and (ii) proof of delivery to the IRS of the required notice, as described in Treasury Regulations 1.897-2(h)(2).

(j) Until [ insert date that is 15 days after expiration of the lock-up ], 2012, to notify the Underwriters on or prior to the date on which the Company is no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act.

(k) Any oral or written communication in connection with the offering of the Shares under Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by or at the direction of the Company will be with qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act.

8. Covenant of the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, covenants with each Underwriter that it will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.

9. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its and the Selling Shareholders’ obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants and counsel for the Selling Shareholders in connection with the

 

21


registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NYSE, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 13 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

 

22


10. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

11. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), any written communication in connection with the offering of the Shares under Section 5(d) of the Securities Act, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Selling Shareholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement

 

23


thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that such information consists only of the Selling Shareholder Information. The aggregate liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnification provisions contained in this paragraph and the contribution provisions contained in paragraph 11(e) shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price (less underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement (with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the “Selling Shareholder Proceeds”).

(c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Shareholders, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the

 

24


indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection to the extent an indemnifying party is not materially prejudiced as a result of the omission of such notice and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Shareholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders and such control persons of any Selling Shareholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC or the persons named as attorneys-in-fact for such Selling Shareholders under the Powers of Attorney, as applicable. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the

 

25


indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses but after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) received by each Seller and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Sellers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The aggregate liability of each Selling Shareholder

 

26


under the contribution provisions contained in this paragraph and the indemnification provisions contained in paragraph 11(b) shall be limited to an amount equal to the Selling Shareholder Proceeds of such Selling Shareholder.

(f) The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 11(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, any Selling Shareholder or any person controlling any Selling Shareholder, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the aggregate liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnification and contribution agreements contained in this Section 11, other than in respect of a breach of the representations and warranties of such Selling Shareholder contained in Section 2 hereof, shall not exceed the Selling Shareholder Proceeds of such Selling Shareholder.

12. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New

 

27


York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

13. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 13 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Shareholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Shareholders. In any such case either you or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate

 

28


number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Sellers, in accordance with the allocation of expenses set forth in Section 9 above, will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonably documented fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

14. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

16. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

29


17. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

18. Notices.  All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt, and:

(a) if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282;

(b) if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Performant Financial Corporation , 333 North Canyons Parkway, Livermore, California 94551, Attention: Chief Executive Officer;

(c) if to the Selling Shareholders shall be delivered, mailed or sent to [their addresses set forth on Schedule I(a) and Schedule I(b) hereto].

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Shareholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

30


Very truly yours,

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

31


PARTHENON DCS HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

32


The Selling Shareholders named in
    Schedule I(b) hereto, acting severally
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Attorney-in Fact

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

 

By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:   Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:  

 

  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

 

33


SCHEDULE I(a)

 

Selling Shareholder

  

Number of Firm Shares

To Be Sold

Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC

  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

SCHEDULE I(b)

 

Selling Shareholder

  

Number of Firm Shares

To Be Sold

[NAMES OF OTHER SELLING SHAREHOLDERS]

  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company L.L.C.

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

II-1


SCHEDULE III

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

2. [identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

4. [orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

III-1


ANNEX I

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

A-1


ANNEX II

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

A-2


ANNEX III

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

A-3


ANNEX IV

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

A-4


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER]

             , 2012

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Performant Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (the “ Underwriters ”), of                  shares (the “ Shares ”) of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift, or (b) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into

 

A-5


Common Stock to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a) or (b), (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to in the foregoing sentence, or (c) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

If:

(1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or

 

A-6


(2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period;

the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice of any event that would result in an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned.

The undersigned shall not engage in any transaction that may be restricted by this agreement during the 34-day period beginning on the last day of the initial restricted period unless the undersigned requests and receives prior written confirmation from the Company or Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC that the restrictions imposed by this agreement have expired.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

             , 20     

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Performant Financial Corporation (the “ Company ”) of                  shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated              , 2012 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated              , 20      , with respect to                  shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective              , 20      ; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Very truly yours,

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves

and the several Underwriters named in

Schedule I hereto

 

B-1


By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:   Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:  

 

  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

cc: Performant Financial Corporation

 

B-2


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Performant Financial Corporation

[Date]

Performant Financial Corporation (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of                  shares of common stock is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to                  shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on              , 20      , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

B-3

Exhibit 3.1(a)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DCS HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is DCS Holdings Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Rd., Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business for purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which Corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

A. AUTHORIZED SHARES

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 51,000,000 shares, consisting of:

(i) 18,000,000 shares of Series A Participating Senior Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”);

(ii) 18,000,000 shares of Series B Redeemable Senior Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”); and

(iii) 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock are collectively referred to as the “ Preferred Stock .” The shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences, and limitations set forth below. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Part F of this ARTICLE IV .

In accordance with the provisions of § 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the number of authorized shares of any class or classes of stock may be increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective the class vote requirements set forth in


§ 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (but, in the case of any decrease, not below the number of outstanding shares of any such class or classes plus that number of shares of such class or classes required to be reserved for issuance upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any option, warrant, convertible or exchangeable security of any class or series (including, without limitation, the Series A Preferred Stock)).

B. SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK TERMS

The powers, preferences, rights, qualification, limitations and restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock are as follows:

Section 1. Ranking . The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all other equity securities of the Corporation, and any other series or class of the Corporation’s preferred stock, common stock or other capital stock, now or hereafter authorized (other than the Series B Preferred Stock and the Designated Senior Securities) with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution, redemption or winding up. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to such matters.

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions .

2A. Dividends . The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, as, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefore (“ Legally Available Funds ”). Dividends on each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall accrue on a daily basis (assuming a 365-day year) at the rate of 12% per annum on the sum of the Liquidation Value thereof plus all accumulated dividends and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon from and including the date of issuance of such Series A Preferred Stock to and excluding the first to occur of (i) the date on which such share of Series A Preferred Stock is converted into a Conversion Unit (as defined in ARTICLE IV , Part B , Section 5A ; (ii) the date on which the Liquidation Value of such Series A Preferred Stock (plus an amount equal to all accumulated or accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) is paid to the holder thereof in connection with the liquidation of the Corporation; or (iii) the date on which such share of Series A Preferred Stock is otherwise redeemed or acquired by the Corporation. Such dividends shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are Legally Available Funds, and such dividends shall be cumulative such that all accrued and unpaid dividends shall be fully paid or declared with funds irrevocably set apart for payment before any dividends, distributions, redemptions or other payments may be made with respect to any Junior Equity (other than a Permitted Redemption). The date on which the Corporation initially issues any share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be its “date of issuance” regardless of the number of times subsequent transfer of such share of Series A Preferred Stock is made on the stock records maintained by or for the Corporation and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such share of Series A Preferred Stock.

2B. Dividend Reference Dates . To the extent not paid on the last day of December, March, June and September of each year beginning on March 31, 2004 (the “ Dividend Reference Date”), all dividends which have accrued on each share of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding during the quarterly period (or a portion thereof in the case of the initial Dividend Reference Date with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) ending upon each such Dividend Reference Date shall be accumulated and shall remain accumulated dividends with respect to such share of Series A Preferred Stock.

2C. Distribution of Partial Dividend Payments . If at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then accrued with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, such payment shall be distributed pro rata among the holders thereof based upon the aggregate accrued but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock held by such holders thereof.

 

2


2D. DiVidends and Other Distributions on Common Stock . In case the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time declare or pay a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock (other than any dividend payable in shares of Common Stock), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation which are included in the Conversion Unit into which their shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution. Any such dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Series A Preferred Stock at the same time such dividend or distribution is declared or paid on the Common Stock and shall be in addition to any dividends payable under ARTICLE IV , Part B , Section 2A hereof.

2E. Restriction on Dividends and Distributions . So long as any Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class), the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any Junior Equity, nor shall the Corporation directly or indirectly pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution upon any Junior Equity (other than a Permitted Redemption or in connection with a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including a Deemed Liquidation Event) made in accordance with ARTICLE IV , Part B , Section 4 below).

Section 3. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by applicable law, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to vote, in Person or by proxy, at a special or annual meeting of stockholders called for the purpose or by written consent, on all matters voted on by holders of Common Stock voting together as a single class with the holders of the Common Stock and with holders of all other shares entitled to vote thereon. With respect to any such vote, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to cast that number of votes per share as is equal to the number of votes that such holder would be entitled to cast assuming that such shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted, on the record date for determining the stockholders of the Corporation eligible to vote on any such matters or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited, into the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock are then convertible as provided herein.

Section 4. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .

4A. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary (including, without limitation, a Deemed Liquidation Event), before any distribution or payment to holders of Common Stock or any other capital stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock (including without limitation, the Junior Equity, but excluding the Series B Preferred Stock and the Designated Senior Securities (if applicable)), but on parity with the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid an amount equal to the Liquidation Value (plus any accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon) with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Senior Preference”). In addition to the payments set forth above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall participate, on a parity and ratably on a per share basis with the holders of the Common Stock, with respect to all such distributions or payments that the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such holders’ shares of Series A Preferred Stock were convertible immediately prior to any relevant record date or payment date in connection with

 

3


liquidation, dissolution or winding up, but only to the extent that shares of Common Stock would participate in such distributions or payments (and such payment shall be junior to all equity securities of the Corporation that rank senior to the Common Stock, including without limitation the Series B Preferred Stock).

4B. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including, without limitation, a Deemed Liquidation Event), the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay in full to such holders the sums which such holders are entitled to receive pursuant to such holders’ Series A Senior Preference and Series B Senior Preference, then all of the assets so available for distribution shall be distributed among and paid to such holders ratably in proportion to the amounts that would be payable to such holders if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full.

4C. Whenever a distribution provided for in this ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 4 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; provided, that if the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (making such determination as a single class) object to such valuation as determined by the Board of Directors within fifteen (15) days of receipt of written notice of such valuation, then the value of such property shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm (the “ Appraiser ”) mutually agreeable to the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (making such determination as a single class) and the Corporation. If such stockholders and the Corporation cannot agree on an Appraiser within fifteen (15) days from the day of receipt of written notice of such objection by the Corporation, the Corporation, on the one hand, and such stockholders, on the other hand, shall each select an Appraiser within twenty-one (21) days from the day of receipt of written notice of such objection by the Corporation, and those two Appraisers shall select, within twenty-seven (27) days from the day of receipt of written notice of such objection by the Corporation, an independent Appraiser to determine the fair market value of such property. Such independent Appraiser shall be directed to determine fair market value of such property as soon as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) days from the date of its selection. The determination by an Appraiser selected pursuant to the procedures set forth in this ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 4 of the fair market value will be conclusive and binding on all parties. The costs and expenses of each such Appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

Section 5. Conversion .

5A. Conversion Generally . Under the circumstances set forth in this ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 5, as applicable, the Series A Preferred Stock may be convertible or shall automatically convert into Conversion Units (as defined below), at a rate of one Conversion Unit for one share of Series A Preferred Stock. A “ Conversion Unit ” shall consist of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Liquidation Value of the Series A Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price then in effect (the “ Common Portion ”) and (ii) one share of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Portion ”), subject to adjustment pursuant to ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 6 hereof (including, without limitation, as adjusted pursuant to a change in the Conversion Price hereunder). No share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to any dividends accruing from and after the date on which such share of Series A Preferred Stock was converted into Conversion Units. If upon conversion there are any unpaid, accrued or accumulated dividends due on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such dividends shall continue to be deferred, but shall be considered unpaid, accrued or accumulated dividends (as the case may be) due on the Series B Preferred Stock.

5B. Optional Conversion . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into a Conversion Unit at any time after the date of

 

4


issuance of such share, by surrender of such share of Series A Preferred Stock at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock at a rate of one Conversion Unit for one share of Series A Preferred Stock. The option to convert into Conversion Units shall be exercised by (X) giving written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion are to be issued and (Y) surrendering for such purpose to the Corporation, at its principal corporate office, certificates representing the shares to be converted, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (or providing notice of loss, mutilation or destruction thereof and indemnifying the Corporation for any loss by it in connection with such loss, mutilation or destruction, or agreement otherwise in the form described in ARTICLE IV , Part E , Section 2 hereof). If fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate are converted, a new certificate representing the unconverted shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, be issued to the holder of record thereof. The Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such election to the other holders of Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such bolder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. The Person in whose name any certificate for shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be issued upon such conversion shall be deemed to be the holder of record of such shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock on such date of notice and surrender, notwithstanding that the share register of the Corporation shall then be closed or that the certificates representing such Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such Person. On the date of such conversion, all rights with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote as a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, will terminate, except only the rights of holders thereof to (i) promptly receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted and (ii) promptly receive certificates for the number of unconverted shares of Series A Preferred Stock (if fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate are converted). On the date of such conversion, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock so converted shall have the right to exercise the rights to which they are entitled as holders of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock resulting from such conversion.

5C. Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into Conversion Units, at a rate of one Conversion Unit for one share of Series A Preferred Stock on the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Automatic Conversion Date ”). Immediately after the Automatic Conversion Date, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Series A Preferred Stock notwithstanding that the share register of the Corporation shall then be closed or that certificates representing such Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder. Upon written notice from the Corporation, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock so converted shall promptly surrender to the Corporation at its principal office, certificates representing the shares so converted, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (or providing notice of loss, mutilation or destruction thereof and indemnifying the Corporation for any loss by it in connection with such loss, mutilation or destruction, or agreement otherwise in the form described in ARTICLE I V . Part E . Section 1 hereof) in exchange for certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted. On the Automatic Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights to receive notices and vote, will terminate, except only the rights of holders thereof to (i) promptly receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted and (ii) exercise the rights to which they are entitled as holders of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

5


Section 6. Anti-dilution Adjustments .

6A. Conversion Price . The initial Conversion Price shall be $2.59. In order to prevent dilution of the conversion rights granted to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to this ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 6.

6B. Dividend, Subdivision, Combination or Reclassification of Common Stock . If the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, (i) declare a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of its capital stock (including Common Stock), (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Common Stock, then, in each such case, the Conversion Price, at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that, in connection with a conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock after such date, the holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if the conversion had occurred immediately prior to such date, the holder would have owned upon such conversion and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification. Any such adjustment shall become effective immediately upon the record date of such dividend or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification.

6C. No Impairment . The Corporation will not, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class), by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the carrying out of all the provisions of ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section  5 regarding conversion and this ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 6 regarding adjustments for anti-dilution consistent with the tenor and purpose of such actions.

Section 7. Reservation of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock the maximum number of each of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock as is reasonably anticipated to be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Conversion Units and shall take all action required to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock to permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Without limiting the foregoing obligations of the Corporation or any other obligations of the Corporation at law or in equity, and without limiting any breach by the Corporation of any of such obligations or any rights or remedies of a holder of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to any such breach, if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall provide immediate written notice of such deficiency to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock and, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series A Preferred Stock and without being deemed to grant to the Corporation any additional period of cure for any of the foregoing breaches then provided elsewhere herein, the Corporation, at the direction of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, using its best efforts to thereafter obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation.

 

6


Section 8. Status on Conversion . Upon any conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the shares so converted shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

Section 9. Sufficient Securities . Any provision that entitles a holder of Series A Preferred Stock to exercise rights, or otherwise be treated, on an as converted basis shall be construed and applied as if all of the shares into which each such share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible are authorized but unissued and available for issuance upon such conversion.

Section 10. Amendment and Waiver . No amendment, modification or waiver shall be binding or effective with respect to any provision relating to the rights of the Series A Preferred Stock hereof without the prior written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) outstanding at the time such action is taken.

C. SERIES B STOCK TERMS

The powers, preferences, rights, qualification, limitations and restrictions of the Series B Preferred Stock are as follows:

Section 1. Ranking . The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all other equity securities of the Corporation, and any other series or class of the Corporation’s preferred stock, common stock or other capital stock, now or hereafter authorized (other than the Series A Preferred Stock and the Designated Senior Securities) with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution, redemption or winding up. The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to such matters.

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions .

2A. Dividends . The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, as, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of Legally Available Funds. Dividends on each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall accrue on a daily basis (assuming a 365-day year) at the rate of 12% per annum on the sum of the Liquidation Value thereof plus all accumulated dividends and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (including, without limitation, an amount equal to those dividends referred to in the last sentence of ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section 5A ) from and including the date of issuance of such Series B Preferred Stock to and excluding the first to occur of (i) the date on which such share of Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Corporation; (ii) the date on which the Liquidation Value of such Series B Preferred Stock (plus an amount equal to all accumulated or accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) is paid to the holder thereof in connection with the liquidation of the Corporation; or (iii) the date on which such share of Series B Preferred Stock is otherwise acquired by the Corporation. Such dividends shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are Legally Available Funds, and such dividends shall be cumulative such that all accrued and unpaid dividends shall be fully paid or declared with funds irrevocably set apart for payment before any dividends, distributions, redemptions or other payments may be made with respect to any Junior Equity (other than a Permitted Redemption). The date on which the Corporation initially issues any share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be its “date of issuance” regardless of the number of times subsequent transfer of such share of Series B Preferred Stock is made on the stock records maintained by or for the Corporation and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such share of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

7


2B. Dividend Reference Dates . To the extent not paid on the first Dividend Reference Date following the date of issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, all dividends which have accrued on each share of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding during the quarterly period (or a portion thereof in the case of the initial Dividend Reference Date with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) ending upon each such Dividend Reference Date shall be accumulated and shall remain accumulated dividends with respect to such share of Series B Preferred Stock.

2C. Distribution of Partial Dividend Payments . If at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then accrued with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, such payment shall be distributed pro rata among the holders thereof based upon the aggregate accrued but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock held by such holders thereof.

2D. Restriction on Dividends and Distributions . So long as any Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class), the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any Junior Equity, nor shall the Corporation directly or indirectly pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution upon any Junior Equity (other than a Permitted Redemption or in connection with a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including a Deemed Liquidation Event) made in accordance with ARTICLE IV , Part C, Section 4 below).

Section 3. Voting Rights . The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any right to vote except, and solely to the extent, required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4. Liquidation. Dissolution or Winding Up .

4A. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary (including, without limitation, a Deemed Liquidation Event), before any distribution or payment to holders of Common Stock or any other capital stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the Junior Equity, but excluding the Series A Preferred Stock and the Designated Senior Securities (if applicable)), but on parity with the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid an amount equal to the Liquidation Value (plus any accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon) with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Senior Preference ”).

4B. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including, without limitation, a Deemed Liquidation Event), the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay in full to such holders the sums which such holders are entitled to receive pursuant to such holders’ Series A Senior Preference and Series B Senior Preference, then all of the assets so available for distribution shall be distributed among and paid to such holders ratably in proportion to the amounts that would be payable to such holders if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full.

4C. Whenever a distribution provided for in this ARTICLE IV , Part C, Section 4 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; provided, that if the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (making such

 

8


determination as a single class) object to such valuation as determined by the Board of Directors within fifteen (15) days of receipt of written notice of such valuation, then the value of such property shall be determined by the Appraiser mutually agreeable to the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (making such determination as a single class) and the Corporation. If such stockholders and the Corporation cannot agree on an Appraiser within fifteen (15)   days from the day of receipt of written notice of such objection by the Corporation, the Corporation, on the one hand, and such stockholders, on the other hand, shall each select an Appraiser within twenty-one (21) days from the day of receipt of written notice of such objection by the Corporation, and those two Appraisers shall select, within twenty-seven (27) days from the day of receipt of written notice of such objection by the Corporation, an independent Appraiser to determine the fair market value of such property. Such independent Appraiser shall be directed to determine fair market value of such property as soon as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) days from the date of its selection. The determination by an Appraiser selected pursuant to the procedures set forth in this ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section  4C of the fair market value will be conclusive and binding on all parties. The costs and expenses of each such Appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

Section 5. Redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock .

5A . Redemption at the Option of the Corporation . The Corporation may, at any time and from time to time at its option, redeem all or any portion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are to be redeemed as provided in this ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section 5A , the shares to be so redeemed shall be determined pro rata among the holders of record as of the applicable Redemption Date (as defined herein). The total sum payable by the Corporation per share of Series B Preferred Stock to be so redeemed shall equal the Liquidation Value thereof plus an amount equal to all accumulated or accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”). If the Corporation shall elect to exercise its rights under this ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section 5A , written notice of such election shall be given to the holders of record of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, not less than ten (10) calendar days nor more than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the date on which such redemption is to be made (the “ Redemption Date ”). Each such notice shall state: (i) the Redemption Date and (ii) the number of shares to be redeemed. Promptly following the Redemption Date, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed shall promptly surrender to the Corporation, at its principal corporate office, certificates representing the shares so redeemed, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (or providing notice of loss, mutilation or destruction thereof and indemnifying the Corporation for any loss by it in connection with such loss, mutilation or destruction, or agreement otherwise in the form described in ARTICLE IV , Part E , Section 2 hereof). If fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares shall be promptly issued to the holder of record thereof. For each share of Series B Preferred Stock which is to be redeemed pursuant to this ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section 5A , the Corporation shall be obligated on the Redemption Date to pay to the holder thereof (upon surrender by such holder of certificates representing shares to be so redeemed as described in the preceding sentence) out of Legally Available Funds an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Series B Redemption Price. On and after the Redemption Date and the payment (or setting apart for payment in the case of a failure by a holder to surrender certificates representing the shares so redeemed) of the Series B Redemption Price by the Corporation, all rights of any holder of the Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall cease and terminate (other than the right to promptly receive certificates for the number of unredeemed shares of Series B Preferred Stock if fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate were redeemed); and such redeemed shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not the certificates representing such shares have been received by the Corporation.

 

9


5B. Mandatory Redemption for Public Offering . The Corporation shall use the cash proceeds from any Public Offering remaining after deduction of all discounts, underwriters’ commissions and other reasonable expenses to redeem all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series B Redemption Price (or such lesser number of shares as determined by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (together as a single class)). Without the prior written request of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (together as a single class), the Corporation shall not consummate a Public Offering unless the cash proceeds from any Public Offering remaining after deduction of all discounts, underwriters’ commissions and other reasonable expenses are sufficient to redeem all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series B Redemption Price. If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are to be redeemed as provided in this ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section 5B , the shares to be so redeemed shall be determined pro rata among the holders of record as of the Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined herein). Such redemption shall take place on a date fixed by the Corporation, which date shall be not more than five (5) days after the Corporation’s receipt of such proceeds. If fewer than all of the shares represented by any certificate of Series B Preferred Stock are redeemed pursuant to this Section, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares shall be promptly issued to the holder of record thereof. For each share of Series B Preferred Stock which is to be redeemed pursuant to this ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section 5B , the Corporation shall be obligated on the date of such redemption (the “ Mandatory Redemption Date ”) to pay to the holder thereof (upon surrender by such holder of certificates representing shares to be so redeemed as described in the preceding sentence) out of Legally Available Funds an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Series B Redemption Price. On an after the Mandatory Redemption Date and the payment (or setting apart for payment in the case of a failure by a holder to surrender certificates representing the shares so redeemed) of the Series B Redemption Price by the Corporation, all rights of any holder of the Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall cease and terminate (other than the right to promptly receive certificates for the number of unredeemed shares of Series B Preferred Stock if fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate were redeemed); and such redeemed shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not the certificates representing such shares have been received by the Corporation.

5C. Redemption at Option of Holders . On or after January 7, 2011, at any time and from time to time, the Corporation shall, at the request (by written notice given to the Corporation) of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (together as a single class), redeem all or any portion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock are to be redeemed as provided in this ARTICLE IV , Part C , Section 5C , the shares to be so redeemed shall be determined pro rata among the holders of record as of the applicable Optional Redemption Date (as defined below). If fewer than all of the shares represented by any certificate of Series B Preferred Stock are redeemed pursuant to this Section, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares shall be promptly issued to the holder of record thereof. For each share of Series B Preferred Stock which is to be redeemed pursuant to this ARTICLE IV, Part C, Section 5C, the Corporation shall be obligated on the date of such redemption indicated by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (together as a single class) requesting such redemption (the “ Optional Redemption Date ”) to pay to the holder thereof (upon surrender by such holder of certificates representing shares to be so redeemed as described in the preceding sentence) out of Legally Available Funds an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Series B Redemption Price. On an after the Optional Redemption Date and the payment (or setting apart for payment in the case of a failure by a holder to surrender certificates representing the shares so redeemed) of the Series B Redemption Price by the Corporation, all rights of any holder of the Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall cease and terminate (other than the right to promptly receive certificates for the number of unredeemed shares of Series B Preferred Stock if fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate were redeemed); and such redeemed shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not the certificates representing such shares have been received by the Corporation.

 

10


5D. Insufficient Funds for Redemption . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock shall occur (and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to so redeem), if the funds of the Corporation available for redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock are insufficient by law to redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock sought to be so redeemed or if such redemption would violate the terms of the Corporation’s agreements with its senior lenders; provided, however, that the Corporation (i) will first redeem the greatest number of shares possible of Series B Preferred Stock subject to redemption (pro rata among the holders thereof), and (ii) from time to time thereafter as promptly as possible, shall redeem the remaining shares of Series B Preferred Stock (in the manner set forth in clause (i) immediately above) to the greatest extent then possible from funds that are then available for such redemption without violating such law or such agreements with the Corporation’s lenders.

5E. Status of Redemption . Upon any redemption of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, the shares so redeemed shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

Section 6. Amendment and Waiver . No amendment, modification or waiver shall be binding or effective with respect to any provision relating to the rights of the Series B Preferred Stock hereof without the prior written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) outstanding at the time such action is taken.

D. COMMON STOCK

Except as otherwise required by applicable law, all shares of Common Stock shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same qualifications, limitations and restrictions as set forth herein. The Common Stock shall rank junior to all other equity securities of the Corporation, and any other series or class of the Corporation’s preferred stock or other capital stock, now or hereafter authorized, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution, redemption or winding up of the Corporation.

Section 1. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided in this ARTICLE IV (e.g., matters on which the holders of Preferred Stock vote alone) or as otherwise required by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders, and, except as so otherwise provided, the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise required by applicable law, in no event shall the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, generally, be entitled to any class voting.

Section 2. Dividends . After dividends on the Preferred Stock shall have been paid or set apart for payment (to the extent such Preferred Stock may be entitled thereto), subject to the provisions of ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 2 and ARTICLE IV, Part C, Section 2, the Corporation’s Board of Directors may declare a dividend upon the Common Stock out of the unrestricted and unreserved surplus of the Corporation. As and when dividends are declared or paid thereon, whether in cash, property, or securities of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of ARTICLE IV, Part B, Section 2 and ARTICLE IV , Part C, Section 2, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to participate in such dividends ratably based on the number of shares of Common Stock held (or deemed held) by each such holder.

 

11


Section 3. Liquidation . Subject to the provisions of the Preferred Stock terms contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to participate ratably based on the number of shares of Common Stock held (or deemed held) by each such holder in all distributions to the holders of Common Stock in any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation and such payment shall be junior to all equity securities of the Corporation that rank senior to the Common Stock, including, without limitation, the Preferred Stock).

E. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLYING TO PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK

Section 1. Registration of Transfer . The Corporation shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Common Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver (at the Corporation’s expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange therefore representing in the aggregate the number of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, as applicable, represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, as applicable, as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate.

Section 2. Replacement . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (provided that if the holder is a financial institution or other institutional investor its own agreement shall be satisfactory), or, in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of such class represented by such loss, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Preferred Stock represented by such new certificates from the to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stole, destroyed or mutilated certificates.

Section 3. Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or by reputable overnight courier service, charges prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed or sent (i) to the Corporation at its principal executive offices and (ii) to any stockholder, at such holder’s address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated by any such holder). Without limiting the foregoing if notice of any event or transaction is to be given to the holders of any class or series of Junior Equity pursuant to the terms thereof as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, or in any certificate of designation thereunder, in each case, as amended, and if the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a notice regarding such an event or transaction pursuant to the terms hereof, then the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to such notice (to the extent it has not been previously given) at the same time as such notice is given to any holder of Junior Equity.

Section 4. Adjustment . To the extent not otherwise provided hereunder, all numbers and amounts set forth herein which refer to share prices or amounts shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, combinations of shares and other recapitalizations affecting the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, as applicable.

 

12


F. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Affiliate ” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such particular Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise.

Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Certificate of Incorporation ” shall mean this Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (including, without limitation, by any certificate of amendment or certificate of designation), of the Corporation.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Deemed Liquidation Event ” means a Sale of the Corporation; provided that a Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed not to have occurred unless the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) agree in writing.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of any nation, state, city, locality or other political subdivision or any thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any Corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

Junior Equity ” shall mean, with respect to any class or series of capital stock or other equity securities of the Corporation, any other class or series of capital stock or other equity securities of the Corporation that rank junior upon liquidation to such class or series of capital stock or other equity securities of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Common Stock.

Liquidation Value ” shall mean, with respect to each share of Preferred Stock, $2.59 per share.

Permitted Redemption ” shall mean a redemption by the Corporation of the Series B Preferred Stock.

Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of any such entity.

Public Offering ” means any offering by the Corporation of its capital stock or equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as then in effect, or any comparable statement under any similar federal statute then in force.

Sale of the Corporation ” means, however structured, (i) any sale or transfer of more than 50% of the assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (measured either by book value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied or by fair

 

13


market value determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Board of Directors) in any transaction or series of transactions, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity or any sale of the capital securities of the Corporation, except (y) in the case of a merger or consolidation, for a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, and the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock are not changed in a manner adverse to the outstanding shares of such series, and (z) for a merger, consolidation or sale of capital securities, after giving effect to which, the direct or indirect holders of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock possessing a majority of the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the Corporation’s Board of Directors immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or sale shall continue to own the outstanding capital stock possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the surviving or acquiring Person (or, if such Person is not a corporation or other entity with a board of directors, the manager or similar governing body) immediately after such merger, consolidation or sale.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding voting stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of whose outstanding partnership, membership or similar interests shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership or limited liability company of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner or managing member. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of contingency. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

ARTICLE V

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock.

ARTICLE VII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation so provide.

 

14


ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this amended and restated certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

*    *    *    *    *

 

15


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 11:43 AM 02/06/2004

FILED 11:18 AM 02/06/2004

SRV 040083051 3713015 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DCS HOLDINGS, INC.

* * * *

Adopted in accordance with the provisions

of §103 (f) of the General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware

* * * *

Lisa Im, being the President of DCS Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation is DCS Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND : The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation which was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 7, 2004, is hereby corrected.

THIRD : The defects to be corrected in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation appear in Article I and in the first sentence in Article IV as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation Is DCS Holdings Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE IV


A . AUTHORIZED SHARES

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 51,000,000 shares consisting of:

FOURTH: Article I and the first sentence in Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, in its corrected form, shall read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is DCS Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE IV

A. AUTHORIZED SHARES

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 61,000,000 shares consisting of:

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the President hereinabove named, for the purpose of correcting the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalties of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly has hereunto signed this Certificate of Correction to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 5th day of February, 2004.

 

By   /s/ Lisa Im
  Lisa Im

 

18


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 05:48 PM 04/26/2005

FILED 05:45 PM 04/26/2005

SRV 050336958 - 3713015 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DCS HOLDINGS, INC.

*****

Adopted in accordance with the provisions

of §242 of the General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware

*****

Lisa Im, being the President of DCS Holdings. Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify as follow

FIRST: That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be, and hereby is, amended by deleting Article One in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof a new Article One to read as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the Corporation is Performant Financial Corporation.

SECOND: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation approved the foregoing amendment by unanimous written consent pursuant to the provisions of Section 141(f) and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and directed that such amendment be submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon for their consideration, approval and adoption thereof.


THIRD: That the stockholders entitled to vote thereon approved the foregoing amendment by written consent in accordance with Section 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

* * * * *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned does hereby certify under penalties of perjury that this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is the act and deed of the undersigned and the facts stated herein are true and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this 26 th day of April, 2005.

 

DCS HOLDINGS, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Lisa Im

  Lisa Im, President


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 03:54 PM 05/11/2006

FILED 03:50 PM 05/11/2006

SRV 060447431 - 3713015 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

*    *    *    *    *

Lisa Im, being the President of Performant Financial Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

FIRST: The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 8, 2003 under the name DCS Holdings, Inc.( the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).

SECOND: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

THIRD: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to a unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

FOURTH: That the stockholders of the Corporation, pursuant to written consent, approved and adopted the Restated Certificate in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

*    *    *    *    *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the President hereinabove named, for the purpose of restating and integrating and further amending the Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalty of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly has hereunto signed this Certificate of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 11 th day of May, 2006.

 

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Lisa Im

Name Lisa Im
Title:  President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION , a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST : The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 8, 2003, under the name “DCS Holdings, Inc.”

SECOND : This amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as set forth below has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been consented to in writing by the stockholders of the Corporation, in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

THIRD : Section A of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

“A. Authorized Shares

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 96,000,000 shares, consisting of:

(i) 18,000,000 shares of Series A Participating Senior Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”);

(ii) 18,000,000 shares of Series B Participating Senior Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”);

(iii) 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.000l par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock are collectively referred to as the “ Preferred Stock ”. The shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences, and limitations set forth below. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Part F of this Article IV .

In accordance with the provisions of § 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the number of authorized shares of any class or classes of stock may be


increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the class vote requirements set forth in § 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (but, in the case of any decrease, not below the number of outstanding shares of any such class or classes plus that number of shares of such class or classes required to be reserved for issuance upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any option, warrant, convertible or exchangeable security of any class or series (including, without limitation, the Series A Preferred Stock)).

At the time this Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective, each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding at such time shall be split up, changed and reclassified into two (2) fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (the “ Stock Split ”), with a par value of $.000l per share. Each outstanding stock certificate of the Corporation which, immediately prior to the time this Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective, represents one or more shares of Common Stock shall thereafter be deemed to represent the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock, taking into account the Stock Split, until such old stock certificate is exchanged for a new stock certificate, or the shares are placed in book position, reflecting the appropriate number of shares resulting from the Stock Split.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized Chief Executive Officer this 26th day of July, 2012.

 

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL

CORPORATION

/s/ Lisa C. Im

Lisa C. Im
Chief Executive Officer

 

2

PILLSBURY WINTHROP SHAW PITTMAN LLP 1

50 Fremont Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

July 30, 2012

Performant Financial Corporation

333 North Canyons Parkway

Livermore, CA 94551

Re:    Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as counsel for Performant Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-182529) relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) of 13,271,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) of the Company, of which 1,924,000 authorized but heretofore unissued shares are to be offered and sold by the Company and 11,347,000 shares (including 1,731,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) are to be offered and sold by certain stockholders of the Company (the “Selling Stockholders”). (Such Registration Statement, as amended, and including any registration statement related thereto and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act (a “Rule 462(b) registration statement”) is herein referred to as the “Registration Statement.”)

We have reviewed and are familiar with such corporate proceedings and other matters as we have deemed necessary for the opinions expressed in this letter. Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the shares of Common Stock to be offered and sold by the Company (including any shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to a Rule 462(b) registration statement) have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold by the Company in the manner described in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) the shares of Common Stock to be offered and sold by the Selling Stockholders have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. The opinions set forth in this letter are limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as in effect on the date hereof.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus included therein. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of             , 20    , between Performant Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and             (“ Indemnitee ”),

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is either a member of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) or an officer of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or both, and in such capacity or capacities, or otherwise as an Agent (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation, is performing a valuable service for the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or other business entities unless they are protected by comprehensive indemnification and liability insurance, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and because the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve or continue to serve as officers or directors of the Corporation or as an Agent, and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Corporation, it is necessary for the Corporation contractually to indemnify directors, officers and Agents and to assume for itself to the fullest extent permitted by law expenses and damages in connection with claims against such officers, directors and Agents in connection with their service to the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), under which the Corporation is organized, empowers the Corporation to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Corporation, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by the DGCL is not exclusive; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or Agent of the Corporation free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he or she be indemnified as herein provided; and

WHEREAS, it is intended that Indemnitee shall be paid promptly by the Corporation all amounts necessary to effectuate in full the indemnity provided herein; and


WHEREAS, certain defined terms are set forth in Section 17 below:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants in this Agreement, and of Indemnitee serving or continuing to serve the Corporation as an Agent and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve (a) as a director or an officer of the Corporation, or both, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified, and until such time as Indemnitee resigns or fails to stand for election or is removed from Indemnitee’s position in each case in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, or (b) otherwise as an Agent of the Corporation. Indemnitee may from time to time also perform other services at the request or for the convenience of, or otherwise benefiting the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign or be removed from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation or limitations imposed by operation of law, including the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws), in which event the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in any such position.

2. Indemnification of Indemnitee . Subject to the limitations set forth herein and particularly in Section 6 hereof, the Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

(a) The Corporation shall, with respect to any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined), indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law or as such law may from time to time be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the law permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment). The right to indemnification conferred herein shall be presumed to have been relied upon by Indemnitee in serving or continuing to serve the Corporation as an Agent and shall be enforceable as a contract right. Without in any way diminishing the scope of the indemnification provided by this Section 2(a), the rights of indemnification of Indemnitee shall include but shall not be limited to those rights hereinafter set forth.

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 2(a), the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an Agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against Expenses (as hereinafter defined) or Liabilities (as hereinafter defined), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

2


(c) Without limiting the generality of Section 2(a), the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an Agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against Expenses and Liabilities if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

3. Advancement of Expenses . All reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee (including costs of enforcement of this Agreement) shall be advanced from time to time by the Corporation to Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for an advance of Expenses, whether prior to or after final disposition of a Proceeding (except to the extent that there has been a Final Adverse Determination (as hereinafter defined) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses), including without limitation any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation. The written request for an advancement of any and all Expenses under this paragraph shall contain reasonable detail of the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In the event that such written request shall be accompanied by an affidavit of counsel to Indemnitee to the effect that such counsel has reviewed such Expenses and that such Expenses are reasonable in such counsel’s view, then such expenses shall be deemed reasonable in the absence of clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. By execution of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have made whatever undertaking as may be required by law at the time of any advancement of Expenses with respect to repayment to the Corporation of such Expenses. In the event that the Corporation shall breach its obligation to advance Expenses under this Section 3, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee’s remedies available at law would not be adequate and that Indemnitee would be entitled to specific performance.

4. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings . Upon making a request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, arbitration award or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not affect this presumption or, except as determined by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to Indemnitee, establish a presumption with regard to any factual matter relevant to determining Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification hereunder. If the person or persons so empowered to make a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall have failed to make the requested determination within the period provided for in Section 5 hereof, a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made.

 

3


5. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) Whenever Indemnitee believes that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit a written request for indemnification to the Corporation. Any request for indemnification shall include sufficient documentation or information reasonably available to Indemnitee for the determination of entitlement to indemnification. In any event, Indemnitee shall submit Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification within a reasonable time, not to exceed five (5) years after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or final determination, whichever is the later date for which Indemnitee requests indemnification. The Secretary or other appropriate officer shall, promptly upon receipt of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has made such request. Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than sixty (60) days after the Corporation’s receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for such indemnification, provided that any request for indemnification for Liabilities, other than amounts paid in settlement, shall have been made after a determination thereof in a Proceeding. If it is so determined that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, and Indemnitee has already paid the Liabilities, reimbursement to the Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination; otherwise, the Corporation shall pay the Liabilities on behalf of the Indemnitee if and when the Indemnitee becomes legally obligated to make payment.

(b) The Corporation shall be entitled to select the forum in which Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be heard; provided , however , that if there is a Change in Control of the Corporation, Independent Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined) shall determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The forum shall be any one of the following:

(i) a majority vote of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum;

(ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum;

(iii) Independent Legal Counsel, whose determination shall be made in a written opinion; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Corporation.

6. Specific Limitations on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding (and Indemnitee hereby waives and relinquishes any right under this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or otherwise to be indemnified and held harmless or to receive any advancement of Expenses):

(a) To the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under any insurance policy provided by the Corporation, or, except as provided in Section 16, is made to Indemnitee by the Corporation or an affiliate otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the availability of such insurance, Indemnitee also may claim indemnification from the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement by assigning to the Corporation any claims under such insurance to the extent Indemnitee is paid by the Corporation;

 

4


(b) Provided there has been no Change in Control, for Liabilities in connection with Proceedings settled without the Corporation’s consent, which consent, however, shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;

(c) For (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) or (ii) any reimbursement of the Corporation by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) from an accounting restatement by the Corporation, or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase, sale or other acquisition or transfer by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); provided , however , that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this Section 6(c) regarding the Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive advancement of Expenses hereunder with respect to any such Proceeding unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Proceeding shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has violated said statute;

(d) in connection with any acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this Section 6(d) regarding the Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive advancement of Expenses hereunder with respect to any such Proceeding unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Proceeding shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has engaged in acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under applicable law; or

(e) In connection with a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee (other than a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement) unless the commencement of such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

7. Fees and Expenses of Independent Legal Counsel . The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel should such Independent Legal Counsel be retained to make a determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, and to fully indemnify such Independent Legal Counsel against any and all expenses and losses incurred by any of them arising out of or relating to this Agreement or their engagement pursuant hereto.

 

5


8. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof is made that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, (ii) advances of Expenses are not made pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, or (iv) Indemnitee otherwise seeks enforcement of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of the remedy sought. Alternatively, unless court approval is required by law for the indemnification sought by Indemnitee, Indemnitee at Indemnitee’s option may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association now in effect, which award is to be made within ninety (90) days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or arbitration award. In any such proceeding or arbitration Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) In the event that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, in whole or in part, has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the decision in the judicial proceeding or arbitration provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 8 shall be made de novo and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

(c) If a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, or is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4 hereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination.

(d) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable. The Corporation shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertion to the contrary.

(e) Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s request for indemnification under, seeking enforcement of or to recover damages for breach of this Agreement shall be advanced by the Corporation when and as incurred by Indemnitee irrespective of any Final Adverse Determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

9. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

6


10. Maintenance of Insurance . The Corporation represents that it presently has in place [or will put in place in connection with its initial public offering] certain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies covering [its directors and officers][the directors and officers of the Corporation and the directors and officers of the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Corporation]. Subject only to the provisions within this Section 10, the Corporation agrees that so long as Indemnitee shall have consented to serve or shall continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation, or both, or as an Agent of the Corporation, and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (such periods being hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Indemnification Period ”), the Corporation will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in effect for the benefit of Indemnitee one or more valid, binding and enforceable policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance from established and reputable insurers, providing, in all respects, coverage both in scope and amount which is no less favorable than that presently provided [or, following the Corporation’s initial public offering, than that provided as of the time of such initial public offering]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not be required to maintain said policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance during any time period if during such period such insurance is not reasonably available or if it is determined in good faith by the then directors of the Corporation either that:

(i) The premium cost of maintaining such insurance is substantially disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided thereunder; or

(ii) The protection provided by such insurance is so limited by exclusions, deductions or otherwise that there is insufficient benefit to warrant the cost of maintaining such insurance.

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that and for so long as the Corporation shall choose to continue to maintain any policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance during the Indemnification Period, the Corporation shall maintain similar and equivalent insurance for the benefit of Indemnitee during the Indemnification Period (unless such insurance shall be less favorable to Indemnitee than the Corporation’s existing policies).

11. Modification, Waiver, Termination and Cancellation . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

12. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

7


13. Notice by Indemnitee and Defense of Claim . Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any matter, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative that may result in the right to indemnification or the advancement of Expenses, but the omission so to notify the Corporation will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee if such omission does not prejudice the Corporation’s rights. If such omission does prejudice the Corporation’s rights, the Corporation will be relieved from liability only to the extent of such prejudice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such omission will not relieve the Corporation from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:

(a) The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and

(b) The Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding if there has been a Change in Control or if Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless:

(i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation;

(ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that counsel engaged by the Corporation may not adequately represent Indemnitee due to, among other things, actual or potential differing interests; or

(iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense in such Proceeding or shall not in fact have assumed such defense and be acting in connection therewith with reasonable diligence; in each of which cases the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation.

(c) The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.

 

8


14. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature on the signature page hereof.

 

  (b) If to the Corporation, to:

Performant Financial Corporation

333 North Canyons Parkway

Livermore, California 94551

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

15. Nonexclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under applicable law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or any agreements, vote of stockholders, resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise, and to the extent that during the Indemnification Period the rights of the then existing directors and officers are more favorable to such directors or officers than the rights currently provided to Indemnitee thereunder or under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to the full benefits of such more favorable rights.

16. Indemnification and Advancement Rights Primary . The Corporation hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more parties other than the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Corporation hereby acknowledges and the Corporation and Indemnitee hereby agree: (i) that the Corporation is the indemnitor of first resort; i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary; (ii) that the Corporation shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of the Corporation (or any other agreement between the Corporation and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors; and (iii) that the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors that the Corporation may have for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or subrogation to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Corporation. The Corporation and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this provision.

 

9


17. Certain Definitions .

(a) “ Agent ” shall mean any person who is or was, or who has consented to serve as, a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary, joint venturer, partner, manager or other official of the Corporation or a subsidiary or an affiliate of the Corporation, or any other entity (including without limitation, an employee benefit plan), in each case either at the request of, for the convenience of, or otherwise to benefit the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation. Any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary of the Corporation shall be deemed to be serving, or have served, at the request of the Corporation.

(b) “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence, after the Corporation’s initial public offering, of any of the following:

(i) Both (A) any “person” (as defined below) other than a member of the Parthenon Group is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities and (B) the beneficial ownership by such person of securities representing such percentage is not approved by a majority of the “Continuing Directors” (as defined below);

(ii) Any “person” other than a member of the Parthenon Group is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities;

(iii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than two-thirds of the incumbent directors are directors (the “ Continuing Directors ”) who either (A) had been directors of the Corporation on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “ Original Directors ”) or (B) were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority in the aggregate of the Original Directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved;

(iv) The stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation, if such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) 50% or less of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(v) The stockholders of the Corporation approve (A) a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or (B) an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.

For purposes of Subsections (i) and (ii) above, the term “ person ” shall have the same meaning as when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but shall exclude (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or

 

10


of a parent or subsidiary of the Corporation or (y) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Corporation.

For purposes of Subsection (iii) above, the term “ look-back date ” shall mean the later of (x) the date first written above in the preamble to this Agreement or (y) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a “Change in Control.”

Any other provision of this Section 17(b) notwithstanding, the term “Change in Control” shall not include a transaction, if undertaken at the election of the Corporation, the result of which is to sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation (the “surviving corporation”); provided that the surviving corporation is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation immediately following such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation’s common stock immediately preceding such transaction; and provided, further, that the surviving corporation expressly assumes this Agreement.

(c) “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall include all direct and indirect costs (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is otherwise not compensated by the Corporation or any third party) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with either the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, applicable law or otherwise; provided , however , that “Expenses” shall not include any Liabilities.

(e) “ Final Adverse Determination ” shall mean that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof and either (1) a final adjudication in the courts of the State of Delaware from which there is no further right of appeal or decision of an arbitrator pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof shall have denied Indemnitee’s right to indemnification hereunder, or (2) Indemnitee shall have failed to file a complaint in a Delaware court or seek an arbitrator’s award pursuant to Section 8(a) for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after the determination made pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

(f) “ Independent Legal Counsel ” shall mean a law firm or a member of a firm selected by the Corporation and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or, if there has been a Change in Control, selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), that neither is presently nor in the past five (5) years has been retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or Indemnitee or any corporation of which Indemnitee was or is a director, officer, employee or agent, or any subsidiary or affiliate of such a corporation, in any material matter, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for

 

11


indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(g) “ Liabilities ” shall mean liabilities of any type whatsoever including, but not limited to, any judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of any Proceeding.

(h) “ member of the Parthenon Group ” shall mean PCP Managers, LLC and each individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other legal entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) thereof.

(i) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, as a witness or otherwise, that is associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Corporation.

18. Binding Effect; Duration and Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall be deemed to be effective as of the commencement date of the Indemnitee’s service as an officer or director of the Corporation and shall continue in effect during the Indemnification Period, regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an Agent.

19. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

(a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and

(b) to the fullest extent legally possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws rules.

21. Consent to Jurisdiction . Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, the Corporation and Indemnitee each irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in

 

12


connection with any action or proceeding that arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any court action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.

22. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and there are no other agreements, contracts or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as referred to herein or as provided in Section 15 hereof.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

* * *

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer and Indemnitee has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By

 

 

Its

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

P ERFORMANT F INANCIAL C ORPORATION

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.7

CHANGE OF CONTROL

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Severance Agreement is made this             day of             , 2003, by and between DCS Business Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and             (the “Employee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Employee is a key employee of the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined below), and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) considers the retention of qualified executives and other key employees of the Company or a Subsidiary to be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and recognizes that the possibility of a change in control raises concerns and uncertainty among key employees and may result in the distraction or departure of such key employees to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders; and

WHEREAS, the Board wishes to ensure that it will have the continued commitment of the Employee and access to the Employee’s advice and counsel notwithstanding the possibility or occurrence of a change in ownership or control of the Company, and to encourage the Employee to remain in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary; and

WHEREAS, the Employee is willing to continue to serve the Company and its Subsidiaries taking into account the provisions of this Agreement;

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Solely for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings given them in this Section 1 unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

(a) “Benefits ” shall mean the benefits described in Section 2(b).

(b) “Cause” shall mean any one of the following events occurring during a Protection Period:

(i) the Employee’s criminal conviction of an embezzlement from the Company or a Subsidiary,

(ii) the Employee’s violation of a felony committed in connection with his or her employment with the Company or a Subsidiary,

 

1


(iii) the Employee’s willful refusal to perform the reasonable duties of his or her position with the Company or a Subsidiary,

(iv) the Employee’s willful violation of the policies of the Company or a Subsidiary which is determined in good faith by the Board to be materially injurious to the employees, directors, property, or financial condition of the Company or any one of its Subsidiaries, or

(v) the Employee’s willful violation of the provisions of the confidentiality or non-competition agreement entered into by and between the Employee and the Company or a Subsidiary.

An act or omission shall be deemed “willful” only if done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in the best interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until (i) there shall have been delivered to the Employee a thirty (30) day written notice of termination of employment by the Board after the Employee has failed to correct the conduct purported to be Cause after receiving a thirty (30) day opportunity to correct the conduct purported to be Cause, (ii) the Employee has been provided an opportunity, together with his or her counsel, to be heard by the Board to challenge the finding of Cause prior to the issuance of the thirty (30) day notice of termination, and (iii) there is a final written finding by the Board that, in the good faith opinion of such Board, the Employee was guilty of conduct constituting Cause as set forth above in this subsection 1(b) and specifying the particulars in detail.

(c) “Change in Control” shall occur:

(i) at such time as any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)((2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (“Person”) (but excluding James Tracey (and any recipients of his securities in the Company who receive such stock by gift or will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution), the Company, a Subsidiary, or trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan or employee stock plan of the Company or a Subsidiary) becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Voting Securities”) of the Company, provided, however, that there shall be excluded, for this purpose, any acquisition of Voting Securities pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subparagraph (iii) below; or

(ii) if during any period of two consecutive years individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (such individuals and such new directors being “Continuing Directors”)) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; or

 

2


(iii) Upon consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination:

(1) the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without imitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Voting Securities of the Company; and

(2) no Person (but excluding James Tracey (and any recipients of his securities in the Company who receive such stock by gift or will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution), any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or such other corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation; and

(3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an initial public offering of the securities of the Company or the reincorporation of the Company under the laws of a different state shall not constitute a Change in Control.

(d) “Disability” shall mean the medical disability of the Employee as a result of which the Employee is eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Income Plan for Salaried Employees, or a similar long-term disability plan of a Subsidiary, or a successor plan to such long-term disability income plan or to any such similar plan which is applicable to the Executive. If the Executive is not covered by the Company’s Long-Term Disability Income Plan for Salaried Employees or a similar or successor long-term disability plan, Executive shall be

 

3


deemed to have a “Disability” on the date on which he or she would have become eligible to receive long-term disability benefits if he or she were covered by the Company’s Long-Term Disability Income Plan for Salaried Employees.

(e) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events within a Protection Period without the written consent of the Employee:

(i) if there has occurred a reduction by the Company or a Subsidiary in the Employee’s annual salary in effect immediately before the beginning of the Protection Period or as increased from time to time thereafter;

(ii) if the Company or Subsidiary, without the employee’s written consent, has required the employee to be relocated anywhere in excess of thirty-five (35) miles from his or her location, provided, that this definition shall not include or apply to required travel on the business of the Company or a Subsidiary to an extent substantially consistent with the Employee’s business travel obligations immediately before the beginning of the Protection Period;

(iii) if there has occurred a failure by the Company or a Subsidiary to maintain plans providing benefits at least as beneficial as those provided by any benefit or compensation plan, retirement or pension plan, life insurance plan, health and accident plan or disability plan in which the Employee is participating immediately before the beginning of the Protection Period, or if the Company or a Subsidiary has taken any action which would adversely affect the Employee’s participation in or materially reduce the Employee’s benefits under any of such plans or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by the Employee immediately before the beginning of the Protection Period, or if the Company or a Subsidiary has failed to provide the Employee with the number of paid vacation days to which he or she would be entitled in accordance with the applicable vacation policy of the Company or Subsidiary as in effect immediately before the beginning of the Protection Period;

(iv) if the Company has failed to obtain the assumption of the obligations contained in this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 6(b) hereof.

(f) “ Normal Retirement” shall mean the voluntary retirement from employment with the Company or a Subsidiary by the Employee on or after age 65.

(g) “Protection Period” shall mean the period beginning on 12:01 a.m. on the date of the first Change in Control to occur after the effective date of this Agreement and ending at 11:59 p.m. on the second anniversary of the date of such Change in Control.

(h) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation in which the Company possesses directly or indirectly fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

 

4


(i) “Triggering Termination” shall mean the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiary within a Protection Period other than (i) because of the Employee’s death, (ii) because of the Employee’s Disability, (iii) because of the Normal Retirement by the Employee, (iv) by the Company or its Subsidiary for Cause, or (v) by the Employee other than for Good Reason. A Triggering Termination of employment by the Employee within a Protection Period shall be for Good Reason if one of the occurrences specified in Section 1(e) shall have occurred, notwithstanding that the Employee may have other reasons for terminating employment, including employment by another employer, which the Employee desires to accept.

2. Change in Control Severance Benefits.

(a) Entitlement to Benefits . In the event (i) a Change in Control occurs, and (ii) the Employee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated in a Triggering Termination, then the Employee shall be provided the Benefits described in Section 2(b) below by the Company, subject to the provisions of this Section 2 and Section 4. Only one (1) Protection Period shall be recognized under this Agreement beginning on the first Change of Control that occurs after the effective date of this Agreement. No Benefits shall be paid under this Section 2 if the Employee’s employment terminates outside of a Protection Period.

(b) Benefits . Subject to the provisions of this Section 2 and the requirement to provide a release under Section 4, in the event the Employee becomes entitled to Benefits as provided in Section 2(a), then Employee shall be provided the following Benefits from the Company or a Subsidiary:

(i) Cash Benefits . The Company or its Subsidiary shall pay the Employee as a severance payment an amount equal to:

(1) the sum of:

(A) the Employee’s highest annual salary in effect during any period of 12 consecutive months within the 60 months immediately preceding his or her date of termination of employment, plus

(B) an amount equal to the highest annual bonus awarded to the Employee under the Company’s Corporate Bonus Plan (or a similar plan in which the Employee is designated to be a participant) in respect of any of the three most recent calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which his or her date of termination of employment falls.

Such severance payment shall be paid in lump sum within 10 business days of the date of the latest of the Employee’s termination of employment, the Change in Control or the effective date of any release under Section 4 (taking into account any rescission period that may apply to such release under applicable laws). Such severance payment shall be in addition to any accrued salary and vacation pay to which the Employee shall be entitled to receive as a matter of law through the date of the Employee’s termination of employment at the rate then in effect in accordance with the standard payroll practices of the Company or Subsidiary which shall not be considered to be Benefits under this Agreement.

 

5


(ii) Group Health Benefits . Pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Employee shall be entitled to the continuation of employee group medical coverage for the Employee and the Employee’s eligible family members for the maximum allowable period by law. If the Employee or any one of the Employee’s eligible family members elects continuation of his or her group medical coverage under COBRA, then the Company or a Subsidiary shall pay the full cost of the premiums for such coverage for a period of up to twelve months of such COBRA continuation coverage period.

(c) No Obligation to Mitigate . The Employee shall be entitled to all payments and benefits provided for by or pursuant to this Section 2 whether or not the Employee seeks or obtains other employment.

3. No Other Severance Benefits; Right to Other Plan Benefits; No Right to Continued Employment.

(a) No Other Severance Benefits . In the event of termination of the Employee’s employment within a Protection Period under circumstances entitling the Employee to benefits hereunder, the Employee shall not be entitled to any other severance benefits except those provided by or pursuant to this Agreement, and the Employee hereby waives any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates for any additional severance benefits to which he or she might otherwise be entitled.

(b) Right to Other Plan Benefits . Except as provided in Section 3(a), nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as limiting in any way any rights or benefits that the Employee may have pursuant to the terms of any other plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates.

(c) No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Company or a Subsidiary to continue the employment of the Employee or to modify the terms of the Employee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary.

4. Release. As a condition for the Benefits provided in Section 2(b), the Employee shall be required to execute a valid release of all claims that the Employee has against the Company and the Subsidiaries and their employees, directors, agents, advisors, and successors and assigns.

5. Amendment; Successors; Binding Agreement.

(a) This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Employee. The Company expressly acknowledges that the Employee shall have a binding and irrevocable right to the benefits set forth hereunder in the event of his or her termination of employment during a Protection Period to the extent provided in Section 2. Any purported

 

6


amendment or termination of this Agreement by the Company (other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Employee) shall be ineffective, and employee shall not lose any right hereunder by failing to contest such a purported amendment or termination.

(b) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, to expressly assume and agree to honor this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to so honor if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a violation of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to benefits from the Company or such successor in the same amount and on the same terms as the Employee would be entitled hereunder if he or she terminated his or her employment for Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the date of termination of employment. As used in this subsection (b), “Company” shall mean the Company hereinbefore which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this subsection (b) or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law. The Company shall promptly notify the Employee of any succession by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all the business and/or assets of the Company and shall state whether or not the successor has executed the agreement required by this subsection (b) and, if so, shall make a copy of such agreement available to the Employee.

(c) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, the Employee and the Employee’s legal representatives. If the Employee should die while any amounts remain payable to him or her hereunder, all such amounts shall be paid to his or her designated beneficiary or, if there be no such beneficiary, to his or her estate.

(d) The Company expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Employee shall have a contractual right to the benefits provided hereunder, and the Company expressly waives any ability, if possible, to deny liability for any breach of its contractual commitment hereunder upon the grounds of lack of consideration, accord and satisfaction or any other defense. If any dispute arises after a Change in Control as to whether the Employee is entitled to benefits under this Agreement, there shall be a presumption that the Employee is entitled to such and the burden of proving otherwise shall be on the Company.

(e) The Company’s obligation to provide the benefits set forth in this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, or other right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have against the Employee or anyone else. All amounts payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid without notice or demand. Each and every payment made hereunder by the Company or any Subsidiary shall be final, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will seek to recover all or any portion of such payment form the Employee or from whomsoever may be entitled thereto, for any reason whatsoever.

 

7


6. Notice . All notices of termination and other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or mailed or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

If to the Employee: to the address of the Employee set forth on the signature page on this Agreement, and

If to the Company:

DCS Business Services, Inc.

555 McCormick

San Leandro, CA 94577

Attention: Senior Vice President – Human Resources,

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.

7. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or modified unless such waiver or modification is in writing and signed by the Employee and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or such other officer as may be designated by the Board. No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, and provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions at the same or any prior or subsequent time. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its principles of conflict of laws, and by applicable laws of the United States.

8. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision, which shall remain in full force and effect.

9. Legal Expenses; Dispute Resolution; Arbitration.

(a) The Company shall promptly pay all legal fees and related expenses incurred by the Employee in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit under this Agreement (including all fees and expenses, if any, incurred in seeking advice in connection therewith).

(b) If any dispute or controversy arises under or in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation any claim under any Federal, state or local law, rule, decision or order relating to employment or the fact or manner of its termination, the Company and the Employee shall attempt to resolve such dispute or controversy through good faith negotiations within ninety (90) days.

 

8


(c) If such parties fail to resolve such dispute or controversy within ninety days, such dispute or controversy shall, if the Employee so elects, be settled by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in employee’s local area in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Such arbitration shall be final and binding on the parties. Costs of any arbitration, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees of both parties, shall be borne by the Company.

(d) If such parties fail to resolve such dispute or controversy within ninety days and employee does not elect arbitration, legal proceedings may be instituted in a court of law, in which events the Company shall be required to pay the Employee’s legal fees and related expenses to the extent set forth in subsection 9(a) above.

(e) Pending the resolution of any arbitration or court proceeding, the Company shall continue payment of all amounts due the Employee under this Agreement and all benefits to which the Employee is entitled other than those specifically at issue in the arbitration or court proceeding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

DCS Business Services, Inc.
By:  

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

EMPLOYEE

 

Signature

 

Address

 

City, State and Zip

 

9


AMENDMENT TO THE

CHANGE OF CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of             , by and between DCS Business Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and             (the “Employee”) amends the Change of Control Severance Agreement dated             , by and between the Company and Employee attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”).

RECITAL

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and the Employee wish to clarify and amend certain sections of the Agreement in accordance with Section 5 thereof as provided herein; and

WHEREAS, the Board wishes to provide additional severance benefits to Employee in the event Employee’s employment is terminated following a Change of Control as provided herein;

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendments to the Agreement.

(a) Section 1(e)(iii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(iii)(A) if there has occurred a failure by the Company or a Subsidiary to maintain plans providing benefits at least as beneficial as those provided by the Company immediately prior to the Protection Period under the Company’s medical, dental, and vision insurance plans (each a “Health Care Plan”), life/long term disability insurance plan, or group life insurance plan, in which the Employee is participating immediately prior to the Protection Period,

(B) if the Company or a Subsidiary has taken any action which would adversely affect the Employee’s participation in or materially reduce the Employee’s benefits under any of such plans, or

(C) if the Company or a Subsidiary has failed to provide the Employee with the number of paid vacation days to which he or she would be entitled in accordance with the applicable vacation policy of the Company or Subsidiary as in effect immediately prior to the Protection Period,

provided, however, that nothing described in this subsection shall constitute “Good Reason” to the extent that it involves (i) the Company or a Subsidiary


requiring the Employee to contribute any amount towards the premium due on the Employee’s life/long term disability insurance or group life insurance plan, if any, to the extent that such contribution is consistent with market and industry practices or (ii) a change of, but not elimination of, any or all Health Care Plans by the Company, in the ordinary course of business, even if such change or modification of a Health Care Plan results in a reduction of provider choices, an increase in co-payments or premiums, a reduction in benefits ceilings, or a reduction in covered procedures, if such change or modification of a Health Care Plan applies to all employees of the Company covered by such Health Care Plan and if the resulting coverage remains consistent with market practices.”

(b) Section 2(b)(i)(1)(B) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(B) an amount equal to the highest annual bonus awarded to the Employee under the Company’s Annual and Quarterly Objectives Program (as defined in the Company’s 2003 Employee Handbook Management Section) in respect of any of the three most recent calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which his or her date of termination of employment falls.”

(c) Section 2(b)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) Pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Employee shall be entitled to the continuation of employee group medical coverage for the Employee and the Employee’s eligible family members for the maximum allowable period by law. If the Employee or any one of the Employee’s eligible family members elects continuation of his or her group medical coverage under COBRA, then the Company or a Subsidiary shall pay the full cost of the premiums for such coverage for a period of up to fifteen months of such COBRA continuation coverage period.”

2. Binding Effect. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment all provisions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

3. Entire Agreement. This Amendment, and the Agreement as amended hereby, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, fully supercedes any and all prior understandings, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties hereto, or any of them, pertaining to the subject matter hereof and may be modified only by written agreement signed by all the parties hereto.

4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

5. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

2


6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on execution.

7. Definitions. Capitalized terms in this Amendment shall have the meanings given them by the Agreement unless the context requires otherwise.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

DCS BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

EMPLOYEE

 

Signature

 

Address

 

City, State and Zip

 

3


Amendment to Change of Control Severance Agreement

D ATED :                     

WHEREAS, DCS Business Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and (                      ) (the “ Employee ”), entered into a Change of Control Severance Agreement on (                      ) (the “ Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Employee now wish to amend the Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the treasury regulations and other official guidance promulgated thereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

FIRST : The Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 10 to read in full as follows:

“10. Section 409 Compliance .

“(a) The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to Employee and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on Employee by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

(b) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

1


(c) Notwithstanding any other payment schedule provided herein to the contrary, if Employee is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then each of the following shall apply:

(i) With regard to any payment that is considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment shall be made on the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of Employee, and (B) the date of Employee’s death (the “ Delay Period ”) to the extent required under Code Section 409A. Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid to Employee in a lump sum, and all remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein; and

(ii) To the extent that benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A provided on account of a “separation from service,” and such benefits are not otherwise exempt from Code Section 409A, Employee shall pay the cost of such benefits during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse Employee, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to Employee, the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified herein.

(d) To the extent that severance payments or benefits pursuant to this Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery by Employee of a release of claims, Employee shall forfeit all rights to such payments and benefits unless such release is signed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following the date of Employee’s termination of employment. If the foregoing release is executed and delivered and no longer subject to revocation as provided in the preceding sentence, then the following shall apply:

(i) To the extent that any such cash payment or continuing benefit to be provided is not “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409 A, then such payment or benefit shall commence upon the first scheduled payment date immediately following the date that the release is executed, delivered and no longer subject to revocation (the “ Release Effective Date ”). The first such cash payment shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior to the Release Effective Date under the terms of this Agreement applied as though such payments commenced immediately upon Employee’s termination of employment, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following Employee’s termination of employment.

(ii) To the extent that any such cash payment or continuing benefit to be provided is “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code

 

2


Section 409A, then such payments or benefits shall be made or commence upon the sixtieth (60) day following Employee’s termination of employment. The first such cash payment shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this Agreement had such payments commenced immediately upon Employee’s termination of employment, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following Employee’s termination of employment.

The Company may provide, in its sole discretion, that Employee may continue to participate in any benefits delayed pursuant to this Section during the period of such delay, provided that Employee shall bear the full cost of such benefits during such delay period. Upon the date such benefits would otherwise commence pursuant to this Section, the Company may reimburse Employee the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to Employee, in each case, had such benefits commenced immediately upon Employee’s termination of employment. Any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the schedule and procedures specified herein.”

SECOND : Except to the limited extent expressly modified by this amendment, the Agreement shall remain and continue in full force and effect without modification hereby, and this amendment shall not serve in any manner as a novation or wavier of Employee’s duties or obligations under the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended by this amendment, are hereby ratified and affirmed in all respects.

THIRD : This amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this amendment to the Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

DCS BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
EMPLOYEE

 

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Performant Financial Corporation:

We consent to the use of our report included herein dated March 22, 2012, except for Note 1(m) and schedule II, as to which the date is May 21, 2012, Note 1(c) and Note 1(t), as to which the date is June 25, 2012, and Note 1(b), as to which the date is July 26, 2012, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

July 26, 2012